{"title":"Heirloom Vegetable Seeds","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"broccoli-di-cicco-organic","title":"Broccoli Seeds - Di Cicco (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e48 to 70 days. Annual. Organic Heirloom seeds. Di Cicco is an Italian heirloom broccoli dating back from 1890. Very vigorous plants produce heavy crops of 3 to 4 inch wide, blue- green, central heads. Great side- shoot production. Can also be used as a sprouting broccoli. The Di Cicco variety of broccoli was introduced in 1890 in Italy, and is still a popular garden crop to grow. Broccoli is hardy and can be grown in zones three through ten, and can withstand frost. These Organic seeds will grow and produce modestly sized heads with a large yield of side shoots. The tops of the Di Cicco broccoli heads have a soft green a purple color, and can be eaten in different ways, such as in a salad, or part of a stir fry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/Organic-broccoli-sprouting-seeds?variant=38623894344\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mini-seed.png?15880154197533826775\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eSprouting\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Di Cicco Organic Broccoli Garden Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e brassica oleracea var di cicco\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ph level 6 to 6.8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to cabbage worms and aphids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003eGreen with light purple tops on florets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild with a crisp texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g Packet - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 9,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 144,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Approximately 360,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 3,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf starting your Di Cicco broccoli crops indoors, you can transplant the seedlings outdoors when they are three inches tall. This is recommended for growing in cooler climates. If you want to start growing the broccoli directly outside, sow the seeds one fourth of an inch deep, eighteen inches apart, with eighteen to twenty four inches between the rows. Although broccoli can withstand frost, it also needs full sun to thrive. During the first two weeks, the Organic broccoli seeds will be germinating, and will need consistently moist soil. While growing, the broccoli will need one to two inches of water each week. It is recommended to water at ground level. Between 48 to 70 days, the broccoli will be mature and ready to harvest; by this time, the heads of the main shoot will have a diameter of three inches. By cutting off the main head at this time, more side shoots\/florets will be encouraged to grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31789918453875,"sku":"48461","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39407190900851,"sku":"45259","price":7.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39407192309875,"sku":"45261","price":12.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39407192375411,"sku":"45258","price":31.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39407192440947,"sku":"45262","price":108.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39407192473715,"sku":"45260","price":423.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Broccoli-Seeds-Di-Cicco-Organic-comp.jpg?v=1762440189"},{"product_id":"organic-black-turtle-sprouting-beans","title":"Beans - Black Turtle (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e3-5 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprouting Seeds. These organic black beans produce fresh, crunchy sprouts that can easily be substituted for black beans in any recipe for added nutrition. The protein in sprouts is easier to digest than in cooked black beans, and improves absorption of minerals and other nutrients. These organic sprouts have a bright and bold flavor and a rich texture that will put a new twist on any bean dish. These seeds can also be grown as mature beans and work as fantastic nitrogen fixers, providing essential nutrients for other plants in your garden. Our seeds have been tested for bacteria, and are great sprouts for those with some sprouting experience. ~130 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-turtle-beans-Organic-bulk-grains-foods?variant=4737856503849\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mini-lights.png?6527236226582854068\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eEmergencey Storage\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean- Sprouting Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Jar, or Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 Tbsp per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 2 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 160 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Omega-3, Omega-6, Protein, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Calcium, Iron, Zinc, Vitamin A, B-Complex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e These black bean sprouts have a bright, aromatic, and bold flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e In comparison to other sprouts, these sprouts have a strong, crisp texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e As the sprouts grow, the black exterior of the bean will be shed and will adopt more of a burgundy color, leaving the cream-colored flesh showing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe initial soak period for black turtle bean sprouts is 8-12 hours. Following the soak, seeds can be poured into the sprouting jar, bag, or tray. Black beans are notorious for high levels of decaying organic matter during sprouting, so it is critical to rinse sprouts 3-4 times per day, possibly even 5, in order to keep the beans clean and odor-free. The water may bubble, which is caused by an excess of carbon dioxide gas produced by the beans as they sprout. Take caution when draining water, as it will likely be stained black from the leaching of the shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprouts do not produce long, thin sprout tails; the tail may reach 0.5 inches when ready to eat. The sprouts will adopt a burgundy exterior when fully sprouted. Sprouts will be ready for harvest within 3-5 days. If growing sprouts overnight for traditional refried use, beans should be ready to cook in less than 24 hours. Sprouts should be fully dried for storage. Keep in a cool, dry place in an air-tight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWe recommend using filtered water for the best sprouting results.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsuming beans in the form of sprouts is a great nutritional choice, as they lose many nutrients and antioxidants when heated. These sprouts provide high levels of plant-based proteins. They contain high levels of Omega-3, Omega-6, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Calcium, Iron, Zinc, Vitamin A, and B-Complex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sprouts should be cooked before they are consumed. They are great in chili, soups, tacos, and dips to add nutrition and a rich flavor and texture!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Although the sprouting process for these beans is a bit more involved than some beginner sprouts, their bright and bold flavor will prove worthy of the extra effort!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Microgreens and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microgreens-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and Microgreens Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\u0026gt;Seed Sprouting FAQ\u0026lt;\/a\u0026gt;, from customers just like you!\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\n\u0026lt;h4\u0026gt;Seeds per Package:\u0026lt;\/h4\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 2,144 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;2.5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 5,360 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;5 lb can - Wholesale - Approximately 10,720 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;35 lb bucket - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 75,040 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;\/ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;p\u0026gt;Non-GMO Organic Black Turtle Bean sprouting seeds are available for \u0026lt;strong\u0026gt;Fast Free Shipping\u0026lt;\/strong\u0026gt; on qualifying orders.\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;!--split--\u0026gt;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636430728,"sku":"16832","price":8.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38636430856,"sku":"16850","price":17.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38636431048,"sku":"16884","price":27.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636431112,"sku":"16867","price":145.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/organic-black-turtle-sprouting-beans-comp.jpg?v=1759441110"},{"product_id":"organic-garbanzo-sprouting-beans","title":"Garbanzo Bean - Organic - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-5 Days. \u003cem\u003eCicer arietinum\u003c\/em\u003e. High Germination. Organic. Sprouting. Widely known as chickpea or chana, non-GMO Organic garbanzo beans are one of the most nutritious and protein-rich sprouting seeds. Ready to harvest in just 2-5 days and an easy source of raw protein, Organic garbanzo bean sprouting seeds are a delicious staple to our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/wholesale-sprouting-seed\/products\/Organic-protein-powerhouse-sprouting-seed-mix?variant=38639445640\"\u003eOrganic Protein Powerhouse Mix\u003c\/a\u003e. Sprout non-GMO chickpeas seeds with other protein-dense varieties or as a roasted finger food. Wholesale seeds and bulk available. ~75 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Organic Garbanzo Bean Sprouting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Sprouting Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼ cup per quart jar, sprouting tray, terra cotta sprouter, or sprout bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-10 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, mild, and nutty with a little light crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protein, Fiber, Iron, Vitamin C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 480 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Garbanzo Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing either a seed sprouting jar, sprouting tray, terra cotta sprouter, or hemp sprout bag, add about ¼ cup Organic garbanzo bean sprout seeds to your container and allow seeds an initial soaking for 6-10 hours. After initial soak, continue to rinse garbanzo bean sprouting seeds 2-3x per day and immediately drain, not allowing water to sit and soak. Rinse seeds 2-3x per day for 2-4 days, keeping Organic chickpea sprouts fresh, crunchy, and hydrated without waterlogging. Non-GMO garbanzo sprouts are quick to harvest in just 2-4 days, ready for fresh use with a soft, mild, and nutty with a little light crunch. Garbanzo beans are dense in essential raw nutrients such as protein, calcium, fiber, iron, and Vitamin C and a complete 480 calories per cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMore Than A Sprouting Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnown by a variety of names throughout the world, including chickpea and chana, \u003cem\u003eCicer arietinum\u003c\/em\u003e has been one of the most popularly domesticated crops ever. The garbanzo bean is widely sown as a culinary staple throughout much of Asia, with nearly 70% of the world's production coming from India. Recently, the garbanzo bean has made a resurgence as a viable nitrogen-fixing cover crop able to be sown as a beneficial companion plant or tilled back into the soil as an all-natural Organic green mulch. Similar to Daikon radish and mustards, garbanzo seeds grow a deep taproot that can help prepare fields and grows spaces that have gone untouched in years or have never been cultivated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale Non-GMO Organic Garbanzo Bean Sprouting Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 3,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 42,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic garbanzo bean sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"8 oz Bag","offer_id":38636504200,"sku":"16822","price":6.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636504264,"sku":"16824","price":9.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38636504328,"sku":"16823","price":15.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38636504392,"sku":"16766","price":26.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636504456,"sku":"16741","price":176.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Garbanzo-Bean-Organic-Sprouting-Seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440216"},{"product_id":"organic-mung-bean-sprouting-seeds","title":"Mung Bean - Organic - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-4 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003eVigna radiata\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Mung Bean Sprouting Seeds. Mung bean sprouts are arguably the most widely used sprouts. This organic seed is a great starter sprout that can be used in a variety of dishes at home! Mung bean sprouts have set the standard, and their mild, nutty flavor adds an earthiness to noodles, stir-fries, and salads. These classic sprouts are so popular that they are often referred to simply as “bean sprouts”, and are commonly used in many restaurants and across various cuisines. These organic seeds produce sprouts within 2-4 days. These seeds can also be grown as mature beans and work as fantastic cover crops and nitrogen fixers, providing essential nutrients for other plants in your garden. These organic seeds have been tested for bacteria and are great beginner sprouts. ~625 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cover-crop-planting-seeds\"\u003e \u003cimg alt=\"Cover Crop\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eCover Crop\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Mung Bean - Sprouting Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eVigna radiata\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e Green gram, Green bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray or Jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Tbsp per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 2 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 30 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protein, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Zinc, Vitamins B1, B2, B3, B5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Mung Bean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e When most people think of sprouts, mung bean is typically what they think of. Mung bean sprouts have a mild, nutty, creamy, and earthy flavor. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Mung Bean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mung bean sprouts have a thick and crunchy texture that bursts with juiciness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Mung Bean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e As these green beans sprout, their green shell will shed and the white tail and flesh will emerge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Mung Bean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMung beans are clean and odorless to sprout. The initial soak period for mung bean sprouts is 4-6 hours. Following the soak, seeds can be poured into the sprouting jar or tray. They should be rinsed 2-3 times per day for 2-4 days. All water should be drained after rinses in order to maintain the freshness and crispness of sprouts and avoid waterlogging. Sprouts can be grown in jars or trays, For best flavor, cover sprouts from light after the first day of sprouting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be harvested as early as 48 hours for a smaller sprout, or they can be grown longer in order to harvest larger and crunchier 3-4 in. sprouts. For sprout storage, make sure your beans are completely dry. Keep them in a container with a paper towel at the bottom to absorb excess water. Alternatively, store sprouts in a sealed container full of fresh water in the fridge, and make sure to change the water every day. This method can keep bean sprouts fresh and crisp for up to a week. To get the long bean sprouts common to asian dishes, protect the sprouts from sunlight until they reach the desired length and grow in a container or strainer that is large enough to allow several inches of growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWe recommend using filtered water for the best sprouting results.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Mung Bean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsuming beans in the form of sprouts is a great nutritional choice, as they lose many nutrients and antioxidants when heated. These sprouts provide high levels of plant-based proteins. They contain high levels of Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Zinc, Vitamins B1, B2, B3, B5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMung bean sprouts are common across a variety of cuisines. Domesticated to much of eastern Asia and the Indian subcontinent, the mung bean is a traditional staple used as both a sweet and savory component to entrees and desserts in Chinese, Filipino, and Indian cuisines. Try using sprouts in stir-fries, salads, pad thai, or curries to give your dish a fresh crunch and added nutritional value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Organic mung bean seeds mature into a legume cover crop that makes an ideal seasonal cover crop and companion plant known to replenish depleted soils of essential nitrogen and weed suppression. After harvest, the vines can be mowed down and tilled back into the soil as an organic and all-natural \"green manure\" to supplement spring soils ready for sowing. \"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Microgreens and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microgreens-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and Microgreens Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e15 g packet - Wholesale - Approximately 300 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 2,500 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 5,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 10,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 25,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb can - Wholesale - Approximately 50,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 lb bucket - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 300,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Mung Bean sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"15 g Packet","offer_id":31789444956275,"sku":"48448","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38639419592,"sku":"16946","price":6.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 oz","offer_id":38639419656,"sku":"16945","price":8.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38639419720,"sku":"16944","price":12.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38639419784,"sku":"17011","price":18.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38639419848,"sku":"16769","price":33.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38639419912,"sku":"16745","price":133.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Mung-Bean-Organic-Sprouting-comp_1498826c-cecc-48ee-bf98-85d9e04a6797.jpg?v=1762440221"},{"product_id":"arugula-slow-bolt-seeds","title":"Arugula Seeds - Slow Bolt","description":"\u003cp\u003e40-45 days. \u003cem\u003eEruca vesicaria sativa\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Herb. Annual. Non-GMO Slow Bolt arugula seeds are one of the fastest-growing crops available to home gardeners and, since they are slower to bolt, are far more tolerant to heat than other cultivars. Arugula seeds quickly mature to a leafy vegetable herb grown and treated nearly identical to headless lettuces, able to thrive in pots, planters, the garden, or as an indoor hydroponic. Grow Slow Bolt arugula seeds for quick microgreens, dried herbs, or leafy vegetables. Packet and bulk seeds. ~14,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/arugula-slow-bolt-microgreens-seeds?variant=45198169160\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Slow Bolt Arugula Roquette Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/arugula-herb-growing-guide-page\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Arugula Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Slow-Bolt Arugula Herb from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow seeds as early in spring as the soil can be worked, about 1\/4 inch deep in rows 12 inches apart. When seedlings are 2 to 3 inches tall, thin plants to 3 to 4 inches apart. For best results, plants should grow quickly and steadily, as leaf flavor gets stronger with warm weather and less irrigation. To assure optimum growth and flavor, sow seeds early in cool weather in loose, well-composted soil. Keep soil moist. Baby leaves can be harvested as early as 25 days, larger leaves will be ready in 45 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether sowing Slow Bolt arugula seeds or a wild arugula variety, they are popularly sown about every 2 weeks in the summer for a successive and season-long arugula crop. Although a slow bolting seed, arugula will still require some partial shade in the summer heat to be able to produce up until the frost. Slow Bolt arugula seeds are a choice microgreens crop, able to be sown and harvested indoors year-round, a clever and delicious way to use those extra arugula seeds in the middle of winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRoquette Arugula in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlow Bolt arugula seeds are ideal for gardens prone to overly warm summers, yet would still like to try their hand and arugula gardening. Known throughout the world by any number of names including \"rocket\" and \"roquette\", garden arugula seeds quickly mature into a tender annual most commonly found in mixed greens and Mesclun mixes featuring mizuna, baby spinach radicchio, and dandelion. Growing Slow Bolt arugula seeds helps to maintain the best possible flavor while in the garden, keeping the plant from bolting to seed which immediately spoils flavor, color, and tenderness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClosely related to the weedy and tenacious dandelion green, arugula boasts the same weed-like vigor in the garden. Arugula greens are best when harvested at about 2-3\" long, often grown as \"baby arugula\" able to be kept as a \"cut and come again\" crop, but naturally will want to branch out and bolt to seed as if it were an invasive crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Roquette Garden Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe entire plant may be harvested, or individual leaves may be cut from the plant. Leaves give a sharp, spicy, pungent, peppery taste, similar to horseradish, in mixed salads, complementing both bland butterhead lettuce and bitter chicories. Best used raw in salads and in tomato dishes when the serrated leaves are only two to three inches long. It can be steamed, cooked as a potherb, or pureed and added to soups. Harvested leaves can be frozen for later use, similar to spinach or other greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Slow-Bolt Arugula Roquette Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlow Bolt arugula seeds. \u003cem\u003eEruca vesicaria sativa\u003c\/em\u003e. Heirloom. Open-pollinated. Ancient Romans and Egyptians considered it to be an aphrodisiac. The British cultivated it for centuries, and it was in the earliest gardens in New England. Today, Roquette is popular with Italians, French, Spanish, Greeks, and Egyptians; it is becoming more popular in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlow Bolt arugula seeds are ideal for gardens prone to overly warm summers, yet would still like to try their hand and arugula gardening. Known throughout the world by any number of names including \"rocket\" and \"roquette\", garden arugula seeds quickly mature into a tender annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost commonly found in mixed greens and Mesclun mixes featuring mizuna, baby spinach radicchio, and dandelion. Growing Slow Bolt arugula seeds helps to maintain the best possible flavor while in the garden, keeping the plant from bolting to seed which immediately spoils flavor, color, and tenderness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust like many greens and vegetables to come out of the garden, non-GMO Slow Bolt arugula boasts all the same nutritional benefits that inspire home gardens the world over. Culinary arugula is very similar to leaf lettuce, rich in essential nutrients such calcium, potassium, phosphorus, and magnesium, while comprised of more than 90% water with a mere 25 calories per 100g serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile arugula is a healthy and low-calorie option for many diets, it has a limited history of being used for anything else other than culinary purposes. Unlike some herbaceous perennial herbs that have a long and extensive history of medicinal and cultural significance, arugula has earned its stripes throughout the millennia as being a reliably fast leafy vegetable harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow Bolt Arugula Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eEruca vesicaria sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-45\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArugula Seeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoquette Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weedy and quickly spreading mound similar to dandelion or mustard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organic, fertilized, consistently moist, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-65°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun in cooler climates, partial shade in warm summers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow Bolt Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic leafy salad greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArugula Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright and peppery similar to mustard to radish \"baby greens\". Smaller 2-3\" leaves will be sweeter and more tender than larger, more coarse greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSlow Bolt Arugula Roquette Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 g\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packet - Approximately 1,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 14,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 56,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 227,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,136,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 5,680,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO Slow-Bolt arugula (roquette) seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Fast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818540936,"sku":"18710","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818540616,"sku":"30467","price":3.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818540680,"sku":"30466","price":6.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818540744,"sku":"30464","price":17.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818540808,"sku":"30465","price":55.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818540872,"sku":"10841","price":171.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Arugula-Seeds-Slow-Bolt-comp.jpg?v=1762440242"},{"product_id":"beet-detroit-dark-red-vegetable-seeds","title":"Beet Seeds - Detroit Dark Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. Detroit Dark Red beet seeds. \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Non-GMO. Since the turn of the century, Detroit Dark Red has been the preferred choice for homegrown classic American beets. Introduced in 1892 by Detroit's world famous D.M. Ferry Seed Company, the American red beet eventually adopted the moniker \"Detroit\" since it became known that the best beets hailed from the \"Motor City\". The 2-3\" globe-shaped roots are tender and sweet. A dual-purpose vegetable, the deep green tops can be cooked like swiss chard. ~1,250 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beet-detroit-dark-red-microgreens-seeds?variant=45187194376\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Detroit Dark Red Beet Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-11 (Biennial 6-11)\n\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rooted and leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, sandy, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Disease:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitor for aphids and leafhoppers which may lead to any number of yellowing and leaf-spotting diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetroit Dark Red Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep burgundy flesh and juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetroit Dark Red Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and classic beet flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Detroit Dark Red Beets from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeet is a cool weather favorite best sown directly outdoors 4-5 weeks prior to final spring frost or 4-5 weeks before the first autumn frost. Sow 3-4 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 1-2\" apart in fertile, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0. Seeds germinate in 5-10 days, thinning best starts to every 3-4\" as true leaves establish. Beet seeds may be pre-soaked for 24 hours to encourage germination. Beets can be sown every 2-3 weeks for replete season-long harvests. Avoid using fertilizers high in nitrogen causing plants to produce plentiful vegetation, but smaller roots. A top layer of mulch will help roots cool and retain moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDetroit Dark Red Beets in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as beetroot and blood turnip, these beets are uniform in shape and flavor. They are known to grow in chilly Spring weather and are mostly problem free but sometimes get aphids or flea beetle. Control with insecticidal soap, pyrethrums, and good garden sanitation. Can be bottled or pickled. Perfect for canning. Cut up, blanche, and freeze in freezer bags. Pick leaves before any sign of wilt for tasty greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Detroit Dark Red Beets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of beet are ready to harvest in about 50-60 days from sowing or when showing 1\" in diameter above soil, but will remain tender even up to 3-4\" in diameter. In compacted soils, carefully loosen soil around roots before harvesting with help of a gardening fork. Beet greens can be harvested like lettuce or any culinary herb when 2-3\" tall. Small tender greens can be enjoyed fresh in a salad mix while larger, coarser greens taste best when lightly sauteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Detroit Dark Red Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red beet is an old time heirloom favorite dating back to 1892. Gardeners today still contend this is their favorite variety for a dependable root harvest. Detroit Dark Red produced 3\" round beets perfect for canning or table use. This beet has a truly sweet flavor with a fine grade texture that will surely please most palates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red tops are a great spinach substitute in salads, although we prefer other varieties for their tops. This beet is the star performer for its wonderful root. Detroit Dark Red is cold hardy, and seeds can germinate and grow in soil temperatures as low as 40 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1936 James Seed Catalog says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"An excellent strain of this all-purpose Beet which will suit the most critical gardener. The roots are smooth and almost true globe shape, with small tops. The flesh is dark red, tender and sweet. Not as early as Egyptian, but stands hot weather better and is a better keeper. Plant in mellow ground from earliest Spring until late in June, thin to about 3 inches and at all times keep soil well cultivated.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red makes an excellent canning variety. For pickling, Detroit Dark Red is hard to beat as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA rich source of Iron, Calcium, and Vitamins: A, B1, B2, C, and Niacin. Heat and cold tolerant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red beet has long been touted as a long keeper in root cellars. It is mentioned in Mike \u0026amp; Nancy Bubel's book on Root Cellaring as having an outstanding storage life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNon-GMO Detroit Dark Red Beet Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Detroit Dark Red beet seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8 g Packet","offer_id":38818553224,"sku":"18569","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 g Packet","offer_id":38818553288,"sku":"18854","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818552904,"sku":"30601","price":8.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818552968,"sku":"30598","price":19.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818553032,"sku":"30599","price":62.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818553096,"sku":"18126","price":224.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Beet-Detroit-Dark-Red-Comp_30df6e50-3c49-4792-8ff5-e572df23f6b2.jpg?v=1762440244"},{"product_id":"brussels-sprouts-long-island-improved-seeds","title":"Brussels Sprouts Seeds - Long Island Improved","description":"\u003cp\u003e90-100 days. Long Island Improved Brussels sprouts seeds. \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. gemmifera\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Brussels Sprouts can be grown in colder climates, and the crop is very tolerant of frost. While the sprouts can take up to one hundred days to reach maturity, they make great crops to grow during the winter and colder months of the year. Brussels Sprouts have been cultivated since as early as the 1500\"s, and have a strong and bitter taste, similar to that of cabbage. ~7,600 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Long Island Improved Brussels Sprouts Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. gemmifera\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-10 (Biennial 5-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright stalk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, Organically fertilized, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-75 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Disease:\u003c\/strong\u003e No serious diseases but monitor regularly for cabbage worms, flea beetles, thrips, slugs, and aphids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Island Improved Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light green coloring similar to cabbage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Island Improved Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cruciferous cabbage notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Long Island Improved Brussels Sprouts from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrussels sprouts are a cool weather crop able to be sown directly but, for earliest starts, begin indoors 6-8 weeks prior to final spring frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep per cell or 4-6\" apart in the garden in Organic, fertile, and well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0. Seeds germinate in 7-14 days, thinning out or transplanting best starts 24-30\" apart in the garden once true leaves establish. Brussels sprouts mature into a sturdy 30-36\" tall stalk without the need for staking or support, but require consistent moisture and routine fertilizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs sprouts emerge on the stalk, prune back yellowing leaves and lower half leaves for most robust sprout production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrussels Sprouts do best in cold climates, and in moist soil. Organic matter can help the seeds to grow, and this crop will find the most success in full sun, or as much as possible. Sow the seeds half an inch deep, with eighteen to twenty four inches between plants, and thirty inches between rows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLong Island Improved Brussels Sprouts in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrussels sprouts look, taste, and grow like a mini cabbage and, like other Brassicas, are tolerant to northern climates and light winter frost. Although it may take up to three months for a harvest, sturdy and decorative 36\" tall Brussels sprouts stalks will produce long after the warm season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese plants are grown as an annual vegetable if harvested for its edible first-year sprouts but, if grown for reseeding, will require full overwintering in the garden to produce flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the Brussels Sprouts are growing, the soil will need to remain moist, and will need one inch of water each week. The sprouts can be harvested when they are firm and one to two inches in diameter. To harvest, twist the sprouts until they become separated from the plant. If you would like to harvest all the sprouts at the same time, you can force them to mature simultaneously by cutting off the top of the plant three weeks before you want to harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Long Island Improved Brussels Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of Brussels sprouts can be harvested about 90 days from sowing or when firm and 1-2\" in diameter. Individual Brussels sprouts mature from the bottom-up, meaning the ripest and most mature sprouts will always be lower on the stalk until harvested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo harvest, simply cut with a knife or twist sprouts from the base, detaching them from the rest of the stalk. Stalks may be cut and harvested whole by cutting the entire plant off at the base when all sprouts are firm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Long Island Improved Brussels Sprouts Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginating around the 1890's.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong Island Improved is still the most popular variety even though it is sometimes mistaken for the \"Catskill\" strain developed by Arthur White of Arkport, NY in 1941.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong Island Improved is a much older variety even though the two are similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNon-GMO Long Island Improved Brussels Sprouts Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Packet - Approx 750 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approx 7,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 30,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 121,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Bulk - Approx 304,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 608,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 3,040,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Long Island Improved Brussels Sprouts seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818571528,"sku":"18575","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818570888,"sku":"30707","price":6.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818571016,"sku":"30706","price":9.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818571208,"sku":"30705","price":22.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818571400,"sku":"16666","price":73.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18313144467571,"sku":"42231","price":254.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Brussels-Sprouts-Seeds-Long-Island-Improved-Comp.jpg?v=1762440246"},{"product_id":"broccoli-waltham-29-seeds","title":"Broccoli Seeds - Waltham 29","description":"\u003cp\u003e85-90 days. Waltham 29 Broccoli Seeds. \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. italica\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Non-GMO. Developed at the University of Massachusetts Amherst's historic research farm, Waltham Field Station, heirloom Waltham 29 broccoli garden seeds have been cultivated to deliver higher yields, grow more uniform vegetable crops, with more repeat harvests. Native to the brisk New England chill, non-GMO Waltham 29 seeds grow a compact, cold-hardy and open-pollinated American staple for home gardens and Farmers Markets. ~9,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/waltham-29-broccoli-seed-Organic\"\u003eFind the Organic Variety of these seeds here!\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/broccoli-waltham-29-microgreens-seeds?variant=46365822152\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\" alt=\"Microgreen\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. italica\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounding upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, Organically fertilized, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broccoli has no serious diseases but watch for cabbage worms, flea beetles, thrips, slugs, and aphids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaltham 29 Broccoli Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic dark green vegeation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaltham 29 Broccoli Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, savory, and crunchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Waltham 29 Broccoli Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli is a cool weather full-sun crop able to be sown directly but, for earliest starts, begin indoors 6-8 weeks prior to final spring frost or in mid-summer about 3 months from autumn frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep per cell or 4-6\" apart in the garden in Organic, fertile, and well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds germinate in 3-14 days, thinning out best starts every 12-18\" in the garden once true leaves establish. Broccoli heads grow fullest with full sun but, for warmer regions, plants will benefit from midsummer shade. For warmer grow zones, try a cultivar with a quicker harvest and maturity date to best accommodate for a shortened cool spring season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWaltham 29 Broccoli in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli is a timeless annual staple of the home garden found just as often growing in the garden bed as on the kitchen counter. Broccoli has always been a tolerant frost hardy favorite, but is currently in its renaissance as a vitamin-rich crop popularly used in indoor gardening such as microgreens, sprouts, and hydroponics. Like other annual Brassicas such as cabbage, kale, and cauliflower, broccoli requires very similar growing conditions with similar harvest windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Waltham 29 Broccoli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of broccoli are ready to harvest in about 85 days from sowing. Using a small knife, remove the main head above the smaller florets once reaching a diameter of about 5-6\", allowing secondary side shoots to continue maturing for harvest. Heads will taste bitter if no longer compact and have begun to flower. Like other Brassicas, the entire broccoli plant is harvestable and edible and even considered to taste best after a few light autumn frosts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Waltham 29 Broccoli Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBred by the University of Massachusetts, Waltham Field Station, Waltham, MA around 1950.Waltham 29 broccoli produces uniform high yields, good color, cold resistance, dwarf compact plant, and big side shoots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePopular at Farmers Markets. Main heads are 4-8\" with steady side shoot production after main head is harvested. Good cultivar for freezing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoes extremely well on the East Coast and Pacific Northwest of the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommercial grown broccoli, the stuff you buy at the store, contains incredible amounts of chemicals. There can be over 50 known chemicals used in growing broccoli. Protect your families health and grow your own! It is the only way to be sure you are getting safe, Organic and nutritionally valuable food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaltham 29 broccoli seeds mature into robust 24-30\" tall garden brassicas with classic blue-green floreted heads brimming with essential Sulforaphane.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaltham 29 broccoli is a cultivar of Brassica oleracea var. italica specifically grown to withstand the cooler gardens of the American Northeast and Pacific northwest. Recently, non-GMO broccoli has been experiencing a renaissance as a sprout, microgreens, and garden vegetable crop because of the natural-occuring compound Sulforaphane exclusive to members of the brassica (cruciferous) family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWaltham 29 Broccoli Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3 g - Wholesale - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 9,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 144,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 720,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 3,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Waltham 29 broccoli seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818578376,"sku":"18574","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818577864,"sku":"30913","price":5.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818577928,"sku":"30912","price":7.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818578056,"sku":"30909","price":16.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818578120,"sku":"30910","price":47.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818578248,"sku":"10779","price":175.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Broccoli-Waltham_485f50eb-ff6f-4b6e-953d-881c5e7b3f74.jpg?v=1762440247"},{"product_id":"cabbage-golden-acre-seeds","title":"Cabbage Seeds - Golden Acre","description":"\u003cp\u003e65 days. The Golden Acre cabbage is a crop that can be grown in climate zones three through twelve, and is resistant to yellowing diseases. This hardy plant produces heads that are approximately five to seven inches in diameter. They are delicious with a sweet and delicate flavor, which can be used in an array of dishes in the kitchen. After about sixty five days, the heads can be harvested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cabbage-golden-acre-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593103112\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Golden Acre Cabbage Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e brassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Composted soil with ph level between 6 and 7.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e full to partial sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Golden Acre variety is resistant to yellowing diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue-green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety of cabbage can be sown directly outdoors, but in many climates, it is recommended to start them indoors and transplant later on. When transplanting, be sure to harden off the plants throughout an eight-day period. Seeds should be sown in either full or partial sun with about ¼\" of moist and composted soil packed on top of them. Keep plants about 1-2 feet apart and lay them in rows 3 feet apart. Water each seed with about two inches of water throughout each week. The heads should begin to firm up at around 65 days, and when this happens, they are ready for harvest. Each head will be between 5 and 7 inches in diameter. To harvest them, remove the root and stem from the ground with the head. This will ensure that your soil stays healthy afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out this \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.medicalnewstoday.com\/articles\/284823.php\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e study\u003c\/a\u003e by Medical News Today about the health benefits of cabbage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g - Approximately 950 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818597192,"sku":"18576","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818596680,"sku":"31140","price":6.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818596872,"sku":"31139","price":7.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818597000,"sku":"31136","price":17.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818597064,"sku":"31137","price":47.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818597128,"sku":"16029","price":201.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Cabbage-Seeds-Golden-Acre-comp.jpg?v=1762440248"},{"product_id":"corn-op-golden-bantam","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Golden Bantam 12","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Golden Bantam 12Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. The Golden Bantam variety of corn seeds is known for its vibrant, golden color. The stalks provide five to six inch long ears, and can tolerate dry temperatures. Corn seed may be saved after harvest for planting in subsequent years. This hardy variety has 5 to 6 inch ears of good quality for an open pollinated sweet corn. Equally suited for freezing and fresh-eating. ~115 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 96-108 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80-90 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoose, loamy, Organic, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo serious pests but watch for aphids, flea beetles, thrips. Water soil directly to avoid saturating stalks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Bantam Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Bantam Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary (su) - A subcategory of sweet corn that is closest to 'old fashioned' corn on the cob flavor. Sugars convert to starch soon after picking, so best enjoyed freshly picked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Golden Bantam Corn from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn is a hardy full sun grass performing best when sown directly outdoors after the final spring frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1-2\" deep and 3-4\" apart in loose, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 5.8-6.2. Germinates in 7-14 days, thinning out best starts to every 12\" once true leaves establish. Avoid overhead watering by watering soil directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent cross-pollination from altering a corn crop, keep like varieties with like varieties (SU with SU, SE with SE, SH2 with SH2, and ORNAMENTAL with ORNAMENTAL). Check individual seed packet to know whether a variety is Sugary (SU), Sugary Enhanced (SE), Supersweet (SH2), or Ornamental.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGolden Bantam 12 Corn in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn is an ancient wild grass and effortless, nearly foolproof summertime staple. Often known as the \"cob\" or \"ear\", the edible portion is actually the ripened flower, with the individual kernels in the husk each containing a seed for future propagation. Although sweet corn is the most popular variety, garden corn comes in a variety of flavors and colors including stunning and unique ornamental varieties such as Glass Gem, Blue Hopi, and Earth Tones Dent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Golden Bantam Corn\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of corn are ready to harvest about 75 days from sowing. Unlike other garden favorites, corn only fruits once. Ears are ripe once they turn dark green, silks become brown, and kernels are plump. Test ripeness by squeezing kernels for a milk-like juice. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Golden Bantam 12 Corn Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an improved selection from the original 8-row golden bantam corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has all the wonderful characteristics of the original golden bantam and then some!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet golden yellow 7-8\" ears. (Original 8-row has 5-7\" ears). 10-14 rows. (Original has 8 rows)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproved to stay tender longer, have longer ears and more evenly spaced broad kernels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 corn ears per stalk. Grows 7-8 feet tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTolerant of tight spacing and dry conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan be frozen right on the stalk or made into cream corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGolden Bantam 12 Corn Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Packet - Approx 81 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Packet - Approx 115 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 460 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 1,840 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 9,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 46,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Golden Bantam corn seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"20 g Packet","offer_id":38818598472,"sku":"18878","price":3.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345548951667,"sku":"50832","price":5.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818598152,"sku":"31142","price":14.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818598216,"sku":"31143","price":43.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818598344,"sku":"31145","price":163.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Golden-Bantam-12-comp.jpg?v=1762440250"},{"product_id":"cabbage-mammoth-red-rock-seeds","title":"Cabbage Seeds - Mammoth Red Rock","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 days. The Mammoth Red Rock cabbage has a beautiful reddish-purple tone to its heads, which have a subtle, delicate, and sweet flavor. It is a hardy crop, and grows well in climate zones one through eight. The plant produces large heads after around ninety days. This is an excellent choice for gardeners looking for a classic red cabbage to add to salads, slaws, and other dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cabbage-mammoth-red-rock-microgreens-seeds?variant=46582365512\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Mammoth Red Rock Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e brassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, composted soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e full to partial sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to aphids, cabbage root maggots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\/purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Subtle, crisp and sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cabbage variety does well in moderate temperatures, with full or partial sun. Sow seeds indoors five to seven weeks before the last average frost, and transplant outside after four weeks. It is helpful for growth to add compost to the soil when planting them. When the Mammoth Red Rock plants are ready to be transplanted, sow them half an inch deep, with one and a half feet between the plants, in rows with two feet between them. Harden the plants off for a week-long period when transplanting them for the best results. Water plants with two inches of water each week to keep the soil moist. The heads will grow hard and around seven to eight inches in diameter when they are ready to be harvested. This will happen at around 90 days. Harvest the entire plant when you harvest the head. Leaving the stem or even the root in the soil can cause diseases that will affect future crops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hsph.harvard.edu\/nutritionsource\/brussels-sprouts\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e this Medical New Today Article\u003c\/a\u003e about the nutritional content of Cabbage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g Packet - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31790694105203,"sku":"48463","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818624520,"sku":"31315","price":5.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818624648,"sku":"31314","price":8.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818624776,"sku":"31312","price":19.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818624904,"sku":"31313","price":61.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18313704570995,"sku":"42243","price":232.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cabbage-mammoth-red-rock-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440251"},{"product_id":"celery-utah-52-70-seeds","title":"Celery Seeds - Utah 52-70","description":"\u003cp\u003e100 days. Utah 52-70 Celery Seeds. \u003cem\u003eApium graveolens var. dulce\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. The Utah 52-70 is a variety of celery seed that is ideal for short seasons, as it can be harvested at any point after the stalks reach at least six inches in height. The Utah 52-70 Celery is greener and grows taller than the regular Utah variety. This variety of celery is recommended by Utah State University, and is a good option for gardeners with limited space. Approx. 70,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Utah 52-70 Celery Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eApium graveolens var. dulce\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-10 (Biennial 6-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press without covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy upright stalk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to root rot from poorly drained soils. Watch for aphids, slugs, and any kind of worms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtah 52-70 Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic light green celery stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtah 52-70 Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, crunchy, and crisp with classic celery flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Utah 52-70 Celery from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelery is a cool weather favorite best started in early spring or late summer. Begin indoors 10-12 weeks prior to final frost or 8-10 to first autumn frost. Press without covering 2-3 seeds per cell in Organic, moist, well-drained potting mix with a pH of 6-7. Seeds germinate in 14-21 days, transplant best starts 9-12\" apart in the garden as true leaves establish. Requires steady watering and a cooling top layer of mulch to keep from bolting. Benefits from additional compost throughout the season with properly drained and ventilated soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Utah 52-70 can be sown indoors and transplanted after ten to twelve weeks, or can be sown directly outdoors ten to twelve weeks before the last average frost of the season. These seeds do best in moist soil with a pH level between six and seven. Sow the celery seeds a quarter inch deep in the soil, with twelve inches between plants and eighteen to twenty four inches between rows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUtah 52-70 Celery in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelery is one of the most popular vegetable crops in the entire world yet still seldom grown by many home gardeners. Much like lettuce, broccoli, and kale, garden celery can be harvested repeatedly throughout the season as a \"cut and come again\" variety able to be pushed up until the frost. Once established, celery is one of the most productive and low-maintenance grows of the season, certain to find its way back into the garden bed year after year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhile growing, the Utah 52-70 crops will need plenty of constant watering. When the stalks have reached at least six inches tall, they can be harvested by cutting at the base. The stalks can be refrigerated and used within a couple of weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Utah 52-70 Celery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelery is known to have a longer harvest date but, once established, can offer repeat harvests like leafy greens. Celery can be traditionally harvested whole or in \"cut and come again\" fashion. Harvest outer stalks when at least 6-8\" tall by cutting from the base, allowing inner stalks to continue producing. Be careful of shallow roots cutting above ground. Darker green stalks will yield more nutrition but will also have a more coarse texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Utah 52-70 Celery Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced by Ferry-Morse Seed Company in 1953.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImagine tall, tasty, crunchy Organic celery grown in your own backyard. You know it has got to taste better than anything that came from the store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUtah 52-70 is an improved celery that grows taller, with longer ribs, deeper green color and sweeter than the original Utah.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety does not need blanching. Disease Resistant for Brown Check, Western Celery Mosaic and Fusarium Race II.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1968 Buckerfield Seed Co. says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Edible stems 9 to 11 inches. Plant larger but just as compact as Utah 15. The best Organic celery on the market.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUtah 52-70 Tall Improved Celery is Recommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eFL, NY, OR, TX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch4\u003eUtah 52-70 Celery Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 g - Packet - Approx 3,750 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Packet - Approx 70,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 280,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 1,120,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 5,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 28,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Utah 52-70 celery seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818643720,"sku":"18588","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818643016,"sku":"31641","price":8.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818643272,"sku":"31640","price":15.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818643400,"sku":"31639","price":42.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818643528,"sku":"10902","price":152.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18313970843763,"sku":"42248","price":601.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Celery-Seeds-Utah-52-70-comp.jpg?v=1762440253"},{"product_id":"collards-vates-seeds","title":"Collards Seeds - Vates","description":"\u003cp\u003e75 days. Vates Collard Seeds grow, slick and somewhat crumpled leaves on vigorous spreading plants. Their leaves are dark green with pale green veins. These collard plants are slow bolting and frost resistant. Their leaves grow in heads looser than some other collard varieties, and they are crisp and delicious. These seeds grow heads that grow around two to three feet tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Seed Type for this Plant\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/collards-vates-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593488776\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Vates Collard Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica oleracea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-85 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e PH level of 6 to 6.5, rich soil with Organic matter is best.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to slugs, snails, and cabbage root maggots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green leaves with yellow stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Similar to spinach and beet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Collard seeds are resistant to a light frost, so their seeds can be sown three to four weeks before the last average frost of the season. Vates Collard seeds thrive when they are in a soil with a pH between 6 and 6.5, which should also be moist. Choose an area with full sun for the collard plants, and be sure to water them often. Keep the leaves themselves dry as you water the seeds, doing so close to the surface of the soil. When sowing these collard seeds, keep 6 inches between plants and 18 inches between each row. After around 75 days, the collard greens will be ready for harvest. Harvest the greens as individual leaves for continual growth all season, or harvest the collard plant whole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818648008,"sku":"18589","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818647688,"sku":"31648","price":5.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818647752,"sku":"31647","price":8.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818647816,"sku":"31645","price":17.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818647880,"sku":"31646","price":52.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818647944,"sku":"18058","price":196.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/collards-vates-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440253"},{"product_id":"endive-broadleaf-batavian-seeds","title":"Endive Seeds - Broadleaf Batavian","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 days. Escarole type. Broad, slightly twisted outer leaves form around 12 to 16 inch, tight-packed heads. Very deep heart is well blanched, creamy-white, and buttery. Approx. 16,830 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/endive-broadleaf-batavian-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593605384\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing Endive Microgreens \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003ecichorium endivia\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approx 1 Oz. of seed for a 10\"x20\" tray \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Presoak:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydroponic, soil\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreferred Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydroponic for microgreens, soil for baby salad greens\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e High\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 to 3 days\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreens Harvest time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 to 15 days\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreens Ideal Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 days\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaby Salad \/ Adult Stage Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16+ days\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicro Greens Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green leaves\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicro Greens Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, contrasting bitter\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Endive\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrogreens \u0026amp; baby salad greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarnishes \u0026amp; sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprouting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurvival food storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking \u0026amp; seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g- Approximately 400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Approximately 11,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 44,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 179,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 896,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,480,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNotes \u0026amp; Growing Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e Endive is fairly easy to grow. Expose to light on day four. It can be grown past the microgreens stage and can be harvested any time after 10 days. if you are planning on allowing the endive to grow past the microgreens stage, we recommend planting in soil instead of growing hydroponically. If growing hydropoinically, it will be a challenge to get to day 15. Endive microgreens are short, so harvest close to the root line and rinse well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEndive is a pleasant light green color and has a slight bitter taste that makes a nice contrast to strong flavors like sweet, salt and spice. It works well in place of lettuce on sandwiches and as a flavor contrast in microgreens salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e***Note\u003c\/strong\u003e: Although we have indicated the specific medium that this particular seed prefers, you can still experiment with either Hydroponic or Soil mediums. Results may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31911119487091,"sku":"48587","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818648712,"sku":"31852","price":6.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818648776,"sku":"31851","price":10.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818648840,"sku":"31850","price":25.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818648904,"sku":"11195","price":79.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18312108540019,"sku":"42227","price":322.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/endive-broadleaf-batavian-seeds.jpg?v=1762440255"},{"product_id":"kohlrabi-purple-vienna-seeds","title":"Kohlrabi Seeds - Purple Vienna","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Purple Vienna seeds produce kohlrabi with purple bulbs and a light green interior. The flavor is mild, resembling the taste of a turnip. This unusual looking vegetable comes from northern Europe, and did not become common in the United States until after the civil war. Approx. 2,250 seeds\/oz\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Purple Vienna Kohlrabi Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica oleracea var. gongylodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-drained, pH between 6.5 and 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabbage worms, slugs, grasshoppers and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Vienna Kohlrabi Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow the non-GMO seeds directly in the garden. The Purple Vienna Kohlrabi seeds thrive in well-drained soil with Organic matter, and the resulting plants will need a couple inches of water per week. Growth rate and health may be improved by companion planting with beets, celery, or cucumbers. Harvest the kohlrabi when it is 2 to 3 inches in diameter.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Vienna Kohlrabi in the Square Foot Garden:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant 4 to 9 per square foot, depending on the size you harvest them at.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Purple Vienna Kohlrabi:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKohlrabi must be prepped in the kitchen before using. First, cut it in half. Slice off the woody top and the bottom of the vegetable. Then remove the core, unless the kohlrabi is fairly small. Finally, use a knife or vegetable peeler to remove the skin. Now it's ready to eat or cook. Kohlrabi have been described as tasting like a turnip or like a cabbage, but sweeter. Raw, they make a great addition to a fresh garden salad. Pureed, they add a distinctive flavor to potato soup or cream of broccoli soup. Kohlrabi can also be roasted with winter squash or steamed.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Vienna Kohlrabi Health Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKohlrabi grown from heirloom Purple Vienna seeds yield a vegetable rich in Vitamin C, an antioxidant that helps heal wounds, synthesize collagen, and absorb iron. It's also rich in vitamin B6, which helps red blood cell production and immunity. Kohlrabi is also a good source of fiber, which helps control blood sugar and support intestinal health. The vegetable is also a source of potassium, a mineral important to heart health.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g - Approximately 1,100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824717128,"sku":"18608","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824716808,"sku":"32386","price":6.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824716872,"sku":"32385","price":11.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824716936,"sku":"32383","price":29.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824717000,"sku":"32384","price":100.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824717064,"sku":"11997","price":391.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Kohlrabi-Seeds-Purple-Vienna-comp.jpg?v=1762440254"},{"product_id":"kale-vates-blue-scotch-curled-seeds","title":"Kale Seeds - Vates Blue Scotch Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-70 days. Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale Seeds. \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. acephalla\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. The premier variety of curled kale, Vates Blue Scotch is a tenacious cold-weather favorite known to thrive in partial shade, cool springs, and can even withstand several inches of snow after the hard autumn frost. Although curled kale can withstand freezing gardens, Vates Blue Scotch is still sensitive to heat and will bolt to seed in the summer warmth. ~8,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Seed Type for this Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kale-vates-blue-scotch-curled-microgreens-seeds?variant=46591953608\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. acephalla\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2 -10 (Biennial 7-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nitrogen-rich, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e No serious diseases but monitor regularly for aphids, cabbage worms, flea beetles, and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light green, nearly white skin and flesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildy sweet, similar to broccoli stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale is a cool hardy crop able to be sown directly in early spring or late fall. For best starts, begin indoors 3-4 weeks before final spring frost or 6-8 before the first autumn frost. Plant 3-4 seeds 1\/4\" deep per cell and 3-4\" apart in the garden in nitrogen-rich, Organic, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5. Germinates in 3-10 days, thinning out best starts to 1 plant per pot or every 12-18\" in the garden as true leaves establish. Kale benefits from fertilizer every 4 weeks. Extended summer heat will cause plants to bolt and become bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale seeds can be grown in all grow zones, with full or partial sun. Directly sow the seeds one fourth of an inch deep in moist, rich soil, with a pH level between 6.5 and 6.8. Space the seeds eighteen to twenty four inches apart, with two feet between rows. While growing, the soil must be kept moist, but care must be taken to not over water the plants. The outer leaves can be harvested sixty days after sowing. Continuous harvesting is possible if the bud is kept intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Kale in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale has recently become one of the most popular vegetables both in and out of the garden. Whether because of unparalleled health benefits, ease of growing, or showy decorative color, there is almost no reason not to have a place for kale in the garden box. Kale is one of the most hardy Brassicas, boasting a tolerance to both heat and cold extremes and even overwintering in moderate climates. Kale is more diverse than you think, available in a variety of unique colors, shapes, sizes, and textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Blue Curled Kale (\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. acephala\u003c\/em\u003e) is a highly nutritious plant, and part of the cabbage family. it's more compact than other kale varieties. It will over winter in most zones, but can be planted in in the spring or the fall. Frost actually improves the flavor as kale prefers a cooler environment. Water well during hotter months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale is versatile, and can be made into crunchy kale chips, added to soups and stews, cooked by itself, and is a delicious addition to salads. Believe it or not, the bitter flavor is lessened when the leaves are gently massaged just before eating or adding to recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost kale is ready to begin harvesting about 60 days from sowing. Kale is a \"cut and come again\" crop and continuously harvesting younger, outer leaves will encourage growth. Carefully cut back any yellowing leaves that may appear at the base. In warm enough climates, kale can produce over winter but, in colder regions, lay a tarp or row cover to further a winter harvest. Kale can be continually harvested for a few weeks if outer leaves are harvested and the center bud is left intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Kale is a high yielding variety high in nutrients. This crop is leafy and green in color. Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale dates back to the 1700's and does well in all grow zones, with full or partial sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst mentioned in garden text around 1863.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDwarf Blue Curled Scotch is an early kale that produces tasty greens when used in salads or steamed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blue-green leaves are finely curled and very attractive reaching 12-15\" in high, and spread to 20-35\" in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtremely hardy and productive. Will over winter with little protection. This is one of the best frost resistant kales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA perfect source of nutritional greens during the cool season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat market garden kale for its flavor and color. Easy to sell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTIP:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saute with olive oil and minced garlic. Just when they become wilty add a touch of balsamic vinegar. Stir, remove from heat and serve. SO GOOD!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Kale Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Packet - Approx 550 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Vates Blue Scotch Curled kale seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824720968,"sku":"18607","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39353006391411,"sku":"50953","price":5.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824720712,"sku":"32391","price":8.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824720776,"sku":"32390","price":18.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824720840,"sku":"10744","price":58.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824720904,"sku":"10863","price":220.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Kale_Vates_Blue_Scotch_Curled_Garden_WB_Comp.jpg?v=1778718131"},{"product_id":"leek-large-american-flag-seeds","title":"Leek Seeds - Large American Flag","description":"\u003cp\u003e90-130 days. Large American Flag Leek Seeds. \u003cem\u003eAllium ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. Large American Flag seeds produce leeks with large stems and leaves. This hardy crop can tolerate cold climates and can grow in zones 2-11. Leeks have a mild flavor, similar to onions, and can be used in stews, soups, and salads. ~9,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/leek-large-american-flag-microgreens-seeds?variant=45692217736\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Large American Flag Leek Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-11 (Biennial 7-11)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90-130\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sturdy upright stalk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, lighty, fertile, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-75 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e No serious diseases but monitor regularly for aphids, cabbage worms, flea beetles, and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly green and white stalks, flesh, and meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildy sweet and onion-like\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Large American Flag Leeks from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeek is an overwintering biennial that boast a milder, less pungent variation of onion while having the same tolerances to frost, disease, and pests. Above the soil, leeks appear to be a thicker and broader onion plant without growing the bulbous root. Leek matures up to 24 inch tall and takes up only a few inches width in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks are a cool hardy crop able to be sown directly in early spring or late fall. Begin indoors 10-12 weeks before final spring frost or 6-8 before the first autumn frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/4\" deep per cell and 2-3\" apart in the garden in deeply tilled, Organic, well-drained soil. Germinates in 7-14 days, thinning back to every 4-6\" in the garden. Leeks have a shallow root system and require regular watering and top layer of mulch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLarge American Flag Leeks in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks are an overwintering biennial that boast a milder and less pungent variation of the onion, while having all the same tolerances to frost, disease, and pests. Above the soil, leeks appear to be a thicker, broader onion plant without growing the bulbous root. Leek matures up to 24\" tall and takes up only a few inches width in the garden. Grow leeks alongside other winter favorites such as scallions, garlic, shallots, and onion for similar growing and harvesting times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge American Flag Leeks (\u003cem\u003eAllium porrum var. ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e), is also known commonly as Scotch Flag, or Giant Musselburh is tasty vegetable in the onion family, but with a sweeter milder flavor than onions. It has large white, stems, with green leaves at the top. It likes moist soil, but shouldn't be over watered. The flavor is wonderful if extra care is taken to blanch the stalks. Will over winter in warmer climates. American Flag Leek is a biennial, grown as an annual.Leeks are great boiled, fried, baked, and steamed. Also go well in soups, stews, and stir fries. The baby leeks after thinning are great in salads. Leeks have been around since the time of ancient Egypt. Leeks are popular in many cultures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStems grow 10-15\" long and about 2-3\" in diameter. Leek seeds should be planted indoors 50 to 60 days before the last frost. Very hardy; overwinters well in most regions doing well in both southern and northern states. Leeks can also be planted directly in the garden as soon as the soil can be worked. Leeks like long sunny days to grow big. Leeks have few pests or diseases. Hilling your leeks will encourage longer shanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Large American Flag Leek\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany varieties have a longer harvest time but some may be ready as soon as 80 days. Like asparagus spears, harvest leek stalks from beneath the soil by carefully prying them up from the roots with a gardening fork. As a relative of the onion, leeks are also eaten somewhat similarly, with the white portion of the stalk being the most flavorful and prized part of the vegetable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Large American Flag Leek Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginated around 1870.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso called \u003cem\u003eGiant Musselburh\u003c\/em\u003e or \u003cem\u003eScotch Flag\u003c\/em\u003e. Leeks date back to the time of the Ancient Egyptians. Their popularity has grown through many cultures since then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks create a tasty pearl-white bulb with huge green leaves. They have a delicate onion flavor that makes them a favorite in soups, stews and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for the home gardener and market grower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eFL, OR, TX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 g - Packet - Approx 475 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approx 9,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 144,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 3,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Large American Flag leek seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824721736,"sku":"18630","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824721800,"sku":"32480","price":8.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824721864,"sku":"32479","price":16.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824721928,"sku":"32478","price":44.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lbs","offer_id":10467937812595,"sku":"41104","price":162.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lbs","offer_id":10467958620275,"sku":"41105","price":640.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Leek-Seeds-Large-American-Flag-comp.jpg?v=1762440256"},{"product_id":"lettuce-romaine-parris-island-cos-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Romaine - Parris Island Cos","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-70 days. The Parris Island Cos lettuce is a Romaine lettuce, which means it is among the most nutritious of lettuce varieties. These non-GMO seeds grow upright into tall heads of lettuce that are ready to harvest in 65 to 70 days. The Parris Island Cos is resistant to mosaic virus, and the leaves have a mildly sweet flavor. Midribs are crunchy and juicy. Because of their higher chlorophyll content, romaine lettuces are among the most nutritious of all lettuces. Excellent performer in the intermountain region. Mosaic tolerant. Approx. 16,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lettuce-parris-island-cos-microgreens-seeds?variant=45187636552\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Parris Island cos. Romaine Lettuce Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Lactuca sativa \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSow Indoors or Outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests\/problems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to aphids, earwigs, cutworms, and white mold. Resistant to mosaic virus. Lettuce that is crowded while growing will have a bitter taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \n \n \u003cli\u003e2.5 g - Approximately 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n \n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by sowing the non-GMO seeds 1\/8 inch in soil, one inch apart, in rows twelve to eighteen inches apart. Make sure to allow enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well watered. Harvest between 65 and 70 days after planting, to ensure the lettuce doesn't become too mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eParis Island Green Lettuce is easy to grow and grows quickly. Keep dark with the black out dome for the first 3 days then flip the lid on day 4 and 5 to stress and strenghten the crop. Easy to grow, flavorful microgreens. The interesting color combinations make them great garnishes or additions to any salad. Lettuce Microgreens seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824727880,"sku":"18615","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824727624,"sku":"32522","price":7.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824727688,"sku":"32521","price":13.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824727752,"sku":"32519","price":34.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824727816,"sku":"32520","price":120.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18334881316979,"sku":"42254","price":472.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lettuce-Seeds-Romaine-Parris-Island-Cos-comp.jpg?v=1762440258"},{"product_id":"mustard-mizuna-red-streaks-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds - Mizuna Red Streaks","description":"\u003cp\u003e45 days. 20 days for baby leaf. With a mild peppery mustard flavor, this green is great for salads as a baby green or a full-size green. The stalk has a great flavor as well and the splashes of red add color to mixes. It is a fast grower and has good heat tolerance allowing it to bolt later than lettuce. Approx. 17,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mustard-mizuna-red-streaks-microgreens-seeds?variant=45195660424\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Red Streaks Mizuna Mustard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e brassica\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-45\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun \/ Tolerant to some shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistances:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cousin to kale and collards, mustard is a tenacious leafy green but it's not as cold-hardy. Grow in clumps about 12-18 inches apart. Use straw mulch to hold in soil moisture. Start 4-6 weeks before the first frost for a fall harvest. For a spring harvest, start seeds 4 weeks ahead of the last frost. You can harvest and allow to regrow over a period of a couple weeks as long as the weather permits. Cut leafy greens 3-4 inches from the ground and allow sufficient time to regrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":40521721774195,"sku":"59704","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":38824728392,"sku":"32818","price":7.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":38824728456,"sku":"32817","price":11.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":38824728520,"sku":"32816","price":29.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":38824728584,"sku":"16247","price":101.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18334863753331,"sku":"42252","price":396.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mustard-mizuna-red-streaks-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440258"},{"product_id":"mustard-red-giant-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds -  Japanese Red Giant","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-80 days. \u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea var. rugosa\u003c\/em\u003e. Japanese Red Giant Mustard Seeds. Non-GMO. Annual. Exceptionally broad-leafed and textured, Red Giant (Aka taka-na) is a Japanese mustard green specifically grown for its wide, crepe-like purple leaves and exotic, spicy mustard flavor. Though, it can be harvested as a microgreen, baby leaf, or at maturity. Like many fruits and vegetables sharing deep red hues, Red Giant boasts compounds and antioxidants known to help protect against free radicals. Its baby leaves are very popular in mixed green salads, stir-fried, or pickled in traditional Japanese cuisine. ~12,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Mustard Herb Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Japanese Red Giant Mustard Herb Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Mustard Herb Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 3-10 (Biennial 8-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounding leafy green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-75 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to both leaf-eating and sap-sucking pests such as caterpillars, snails, slugs, aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Giant Mustard Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large savoy leaves are deep purplish red with green midribs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Giant Mustard Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slightly peppered and spicy greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Red Giant Mustard from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard plant is a cool-hardy favorite best sown direct 4-6 weeks before the final frost date or can be started indoors for transplants. Sow 3-4 seeds .5\" deep and 2-3\" apart in fertile, well-drained soil in full sun to part shade. Seeds germinate in 4-7 days, thinning to 1 plant every 12-18\" in the garden once true leaves establish. Harvest large outer leaves, allowing smaller leaves to continue to mature. Provide midsummer shade in warmer climates. It can also be grown for the microgreen and baby leaf stages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour mustard crop will give off a peppery scent and spicy flavor with hints of tang. Similar to kale, Mustard continues growing leafy greens through the season. As the warm temperature rises, Red Giant Mustard will bloom yellow flowers before setting seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough tolerant to diseases, monitor regularly for aphids, flea beetles, slugs, and caterpillars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Giant Mustard in the Herb Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn general, mustard is an ideal garden plant to grow near herbs. As a hardy leafy green that provides peppery and tangy flavor, Red Giant Mustard is a vegetable that is commonly grown for its culinary and herbal benefits. This Japanese mustard variety develops crimped burgundy-colored leaves variegated with green and growing 10\" long\"making Red Giant Mustard perfect to mix in fresh salads, cook as savory greens or harvest its spicy seeds to use as herbal remedies!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (\u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea\u003c\/em\u003e) Red Giant Mustard grows as a hardy leafy vegetable reaching 12-24\" tall. As a biennial, this Japanese mustard variety blooms from late spring throughout the summer or again as a fall crop. Harvest the baby mustard greens of earlier in the season. Once your plants reach maturity, Red Giant Mustard develops crimped burgundy-colored variegated green leaves that grow 10\" long!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard is currently in its renaissance as a vital sprouting, microgreens, and cover crop variety grown just as popularly on the kitchen counter as in the garden bed. Mustard leaf features a wide selection of color, flavor, and leaf types such as classic broadleaf, curly, and mizuna. As a cover crop, mustard is sown in the fall to repair and replenish depleted and hardened soils, only to be mulched back into the spring garden as an all-natural Organic \"green\" fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Giant Mustard\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of mustard are ready for harvest about 80 days from sowing. Like other Brassicas such as kale, broccoli, and collards, mustard leaf is a \"cut and come again\" crop able to produce well into the frost. Carefully cut outermost leaves from the stem while leaving rest of the plant intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard can be left in the garden to easily reseed for next season. Sow mustard in the fall to overwinter and till back into the soil for a springtime nitrogen-rich Organic fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard greens may be harvested throughout the season, as long as they are sprouting. As a rule of thumb, it is important to never harvest more than 1\/3 to 2\/3 of the plant at one time, so that it will continue to grow. If you want to continue growing leaves longer, pluck off the flowers as they come in. Once the flowers blossom, the leaves will no longer grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Giant Mustard Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Giant Mustard is very similar to the Japanese Giant Garnet (milder in taste-usually harvested at the baby leaf stage) and Red Garnet mustards (grown to maturity or as microgreens). Though these are each separate, individual varieties. They share many of the same uses. Red Giant, however, is favored for its traditional use in pickled Japanese cuisine. It can also appear redder in warm weather while its inner leaves will remain greener with cooler temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Giant Mustard hails from the Orient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Giant is cold tolerant and slow to bolt, giving you a long growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery colorful plant, and is used many times for garden borders because of its spectacular purple color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat in urban gardens and on the farm alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternate row plantings with Green Wave Mustard for a real show stopper!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs mustard in general, is a leafy green garden vegetable that's commonly grown for its culinary and herbal benefits, Red Giant Mustard varieties are most often used in cooking. Due to the tender, spicy and savory flavor this Japanese Mustard provides, it's best to use the fresh burgundy-colored mustard leaves in a salad mix such as sesame chicken or in a medley with arugula, radicchio and endive!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eOR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Giant Mustard Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Packet - Approx 400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Giant mustard seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 G Packet","offer_id":40005914296435,"sku":"59707","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824729096,"sku":"32852","price":6.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824729160,"sku":"32851","price":10.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824729224,"sku":"32850","price":24.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824729288,"sku":"10745","price":79.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824729352,"sku":"11485","price":306.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mustard-red-giant-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_3ba7c623-ef7d-4530-a474-ce22619fcb31.jpg?v=1764633822"},{"product_id":"mustard-mizuna-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds - Mizuna","description":"\u003cp\u003e30 days. This japanese mustard green has dandelion-like jagged edged green leaves with a mild, sweet, earthy flavor. Mizuna grows fast and makes an excellent salad green. It can be harvested a few outside leaves at a time, or cut the whole head near ground. It is also used in stir-fry and soups. Also wonderful as a microgreen. Approx. 17,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mustard-mizuna-microgreens-seeds?variant=45188669064\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Mizuna Mustard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e brassica\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25-30\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun \/ Tolerant to some shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistances:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31919978119283,"sku":"48633","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824729736,"sku":"32822","price":5.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824729800,"sku":"32821","price":8.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824729864,"sku":"32820","price":18.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824729928,"sku":"16159","price":55.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824730056,"sku":"16211","price":206.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mustard-mizuna-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440259"},{"product_id":"southern-giant-curled-mustard-seed","title":"Mustard Seeds - Southern Giant Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Southern Giant Curled Mustard Seeds from True Leaf Market. Southern Giant Curled Mustard is a staple in Southern gardens. It has large, bright green fringed and curled leaves with a mild flavor. Originating in the Himalayan region of India over 5,000 years ago, mustard greens spread throughout China and then the rest of the world.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Southern Giant Curled Mustard Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica juncea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-45 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slightly acidic to neutral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aphids, flea beetle, Alternaria leaf spot, powdery mildew, downy mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright green leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants from non-GMO, heirloom Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds like cooler weather. You can grow them in the summer in cooler climates and during the spring or fall in hotter climates. Plants don't tolerate well temperatures over 85 degrees. Sow the seeds directly in the ground, about 1\/4\" deep, and later thin to about 12\" apart. The plants can also be started indoors for a longer growing season. Succession planting is recommended for a continual harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard prefers a well-amended soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Culinary Uses for Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreens grown from Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds make a great addition to your fresh summer salad. They can also be added to soups for added flavor and texture. You can substitute it for spinach in a quiche. They can be blended into mashed potatoes. The greens can also be eaten alone boiled, steamed, or stir-fried. Note that they shouldn't be cooked in aluminum or iron pots, because they will turn black when touching these metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits of Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard greens are high in vitamins A, C, and K. These vitamins help support the immune system, protect cells from free radical damage, and absorb iron. Greens grown from Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds also contain glucosinolates. Preliminary studies show that glucosinolates may help fight cancer cells and inhibit the formation of tumors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFast-growing microgreens can also be produced from these Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 g - Approximately 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824730760,"sku":"18628","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39361893564531,"sku":"50969","price":5.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824730504,"sku":"32867","price":6.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824730568,"sku":"32865","price":13.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824730632,"sku":"32866","price":35.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824730696,"sku":"18078","price":129.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Mustard-Seeds-Southern-Giant-Curled-comp.jpg?v=1762440261"},{"product_id":"mustard-tatsoi-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds - Tatsoi","description":"\u003cp\u003e50 days. Non-GMO, Heirloom Tatsoi Mustard Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Brassica rapa subsp. narinosa. Tatsoi Mustard or \"Spoon Mustard\" comes from China and gained tradition as a tender culinary herb in Japan. As a relative to bok choy and Chinese cabbage varieties, Tatsoi Mustard is a cold-hardy biennial with active growth that can overwinter in regions with mild winters! This rounded no-heading mustard often called \"Tat Choy\" is a popular savory dish with \"spoon-shaped\" forest-green leaves that can be sauteed, steamed or fried with rich seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mustard-tatsoi-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592692488\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTatsoi Mustard Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica rapa subsp. narinosa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25+(baby greens) 40-50+(leaves, seeds) Biennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/low-growth\/rounded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, loose and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabbage worms, flea beetles, clubroot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small forest-green leaves, light-green stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender, mild mustard, nutty, pepper, similar to bok choy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTatsoi Mustard Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Brassica rapa subsp. narinosa) Tatsoi Mustard grows as an active leafy herb reaching 8-10\" tall and 1\" wide with low-growth. As a biennial, this cold-hardy mustard variety blooms from late spring throughout the summer or again as a fall crop. Harvest the baby greens of Tatsoi Mustard earlier in the season. Once your plants reach full maturity, \"Spoon Mustard\" will develop tender forest-green leaves from light-green stalks. As Tatsoi Mustard easily produces, your crop will give off a peppery scent with mild mustard and look similar to cabbage or bok choy. Tatsoi Mustard continues growing leafy greens, before the warm temperatures rise, causing mustard to bloom small yellow flowers and set seed. Tatsoi is a mustard variety that can stand in regions with mild winters as a snow-covered herb that bounces back next spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Culinary Uses of Tatsoi Mustard Garden Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a relative to bok choy and cabbage, Tatsoi Mustard came from China and gained its popularity in cooking in Japan. As a traditional leafy green in Asian cuisine, Tatsoi Mustard is often made as Komatsuna greens that can be sauteed, steamed or fried with savory foods such as scrambled eggs, soy sauce, sesame oil or with tofu in a soup dish! The mild mustard will pair well with fresh salads or compliment seafood and pasta recipes, as scallops can bring out the nutty flavor of Tatsoi Mustard greens, similar to bok choy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Crop Benefits of Growing Tatsoi Mustard Garden Herb \u0026amp; Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a cold hardy biennial herb, Tatsoi Mustard is easy to plant and actively grows. This mustard variety that's related to Chinese cabbage varieties, can be sown and develop successfully during the autumn's cooler conditions and stand in regions with mild winters! As a leafy biennial crop in many gardens, Tatsoi Mustard Herbs are productive, non heading and are known as a cut-and-come-back crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTatsoi Mustard Garden Herb Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cousin to kale and collards, mustard is a tenacious leafy green but it's not as cold-hardy. Grow in clumps about 12-18 inches apart. Use straw mulch to hold in soil moisture. Start 4-6 weeks before the first frost for a fall harvest. For a spring harvest, start seeds 4 weeks ahead of the last frost. You can harvest and allow to regrow over a period of a couple weeks as long as the weather permits. Cut leafy greens 3-4 inches from the ground and allow sufficient time to regrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 g Packet","offer_id":31932754690163,"sku":"48744","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824731272,"sku":"32897","price":5.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824731336,"sku":"32896","price":8.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824731400,"sku":"32895","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824731464,"sku":"37840","price":58.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824731528,"sku":"14024","price":220.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Mustard_Tatsoi_Comp.jpg?v=1770695493"},{"product_id":"rutabaga-american-purple-top-seeds","title":"Rutabaga Seeds - American Purple Top","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 days. \u003cem\u003eBrassica napus\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003enapobrassica\u003c\/em\u003e. American Purple Top Rutabaga Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, heirloom, open-pollinated. This crop is suitable for garden plots, fields, raised beds, and containers. American Purple Top is a USU-recommended rutabaga with large, 5-6-inch, nearly round roots with purple over yellow skin, mild, fine-grained yellow flesh that turns golden when cooked, and stores well for winter use. ~12,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rutabaga-american-purple-top-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593645512\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica napus\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003enapobrassica\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25-0.5 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, best sown directly into cool soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional, 3-4 weeks before last frost; transplant carefully to avoid disturbing roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright rosette root crop\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-drained soil with consistent moisture; pH 6.0-7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 45-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch for flea beetles, cabbage root maggots, aphids, and cabbage worms; use rotation and good drainage to reduce clubroot and other brassica diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican Purple Top Rutabaga Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large 5-6 inch nearly round roots with purple tops and yellow skins; yellow flesh turns golden to orange when cooked\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican Purple Top Rutabaga Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet, fine-grained; excellent for mashing, roasting, and stews, especially after frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool weather, frost tolerant; ideal as a fall crop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing American Purple Top Rutabaga in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmerican Purple Top rutabaga performs best as a cool-season root crop. Direct sow in early spring as soon as soil can be worked, or sow in mid to late summer for fall harvest. Prepare a fertile, well-drained bed and sow seeds 0.25-0.5 inches deep in rows 12-18 inches apart. Keep soil evenly moist during germination, which typically takes 7-10 days in cool soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce seedlings have several true leaves, thin to 6 inches between plants so roots have room to size up. Avoid allowing soil to dry out or become waterlogged. Consistent moisture and a balanced side-dress of fertilizer or compost help produce smooth, fine-textured roots. For fall crops, time sowing so roots mature in cool weather, as light frosts improve sweetness and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting of American Purple Top Rutabaga\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoots are usually ready to harvest around 90 days from sowing, when they reach about 4-6 inches across and have well-colored purple tops. Use a garden fork to loosen the soil, then carefully pull the roots to avoid damage. Remove foliage, leaving about 0.5 inch of stem to reduce storage rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRutabagas hold well in the ground during cool weather and can be dug as needed until the soil freezes. For long-term storage, cure roots briefly in a cool, shaded, well-ventilated area, then store in a root cellar or refrigerator in a slightly moist medium. Properly stored roots keep for months, retaining their fine texture and sweet flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout American Purple Top Rutabaga Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmerican Purple Top is a classic heirloom rutabaga and a standard market variety, long valued for its high yields, fine-grained yellow flesh, and excellent winter-keeping quality. Large, nearly round roots with purple shoulders and yellow skins are attractive both in the garden and at market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild, sweet, and slightly earthy, the flesh turns rich golden or orange when cooked. American Purple Top rutabaga is delicious mashed like potatoes, roasted with other root vegetables, baked into casseroles, or added to soups and stews. It is also recommended by Utah State University and other extension services as a dependable, high-quality fall and winter root crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Sow rutabagas for a fall harvest so roots can size up in cool weather. Thin promptly to 6 inches, keep soil consistently moist, and let plants catch a light frost or two before digging for the sweetest, best-flavored roots.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/jerry-sawyer-compressed.jpg?v=1653940293\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Jerry Sawyer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAmerican Purple Top Rutabaga Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 g Packet - Approximately 1,690 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO American Purple Top Rutabaga seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31963644330099,"sku":"48871","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39365860098163,"sku":"51113","price":5.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824741704,"sku":"17892","price":6.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824741768,"sku":"34110","price":13.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824741832,"sku":"34111","price":35.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824741896,"sku":"16712","price":128.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Rutabaga-American-Purple-Top-Comp.jpg?v=1765587316"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-rainbow-mixture-seeds","title":"Swiss Chard Seeds - Rainbow Mixture","description":"\u003cp\u003e60 days. The Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard seed mix is a blend of different colored swiss chard varieties. The chard can grow in zones 6 and up, and the leaves can be harvested after around sixty days. The Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard leaves have a bitter taste, similar to that of spinach. Our own blend of colored swiss chards includes red, yellow, orange, white, and vivid pink stems that merge into dark green savoyed leaves. The rainbow heads are slow to bolt and quite lovely in bunches. This variety is ornamental\/edible landscaping at its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swiss-chard-rainbow-mixture-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593686152\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Swiss Chard Rainbow Mixture Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e beta vulgaris subsp. circla\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich soil with a pH level of 6 to 6.4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full or Partial Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to Slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green tops with variegated stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bitter, similar to spinach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard seeds will all appear similar, but each one is a different color in its stem and veins. Seeds should be sown a week or so before the final frost of the season. This variety does have some tolerance to the cold, but it shouldn't be overestimated. It may be beneficial to sow seeds indoors and transplant seedlings, but in most zones 6 or higher, these seeds can be sown directly. Sow the seeds about a quarter of an inch deep in rich, sandy soil. Adding a compost to the soil can help it be at the correct pH, which is between 6 and 6.4, ideally. Sow them in an area with full or partial sun, and keep them consistently watered. Sow seeds with 18\" between plants as well as rows. After around 60 days, the stems will be full sized and ready to be harvested. To do so, detach each one from the plant about an inch above the ground without damaging the plant. This will allow it to continue to grow and produce more throughout the summer season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow chard in soil only, not hydroponically, as much more difficult. Chard has a very similar taste to spinach and is in the same family as beet greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 4,450 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 17,480 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 88,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824746760,"sku":"18685","price":3.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824746504,"sku":"34482","price":8.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824746568,"sku":"34481","price":16.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824746632,"sku":"34480","price":44.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824746696,"sku":"12061","price":162.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311805993075,"sku":"42222","price":640.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Swiss-Chard-Seeds-Rainbow-Mixture-comp.jpg?v=1762440266"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-ruby-red-seeds","title":"Swiss Chard Seeds - Ruby Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. This plant produces good yields of dark green shiny leaves with ruby red stalks and veins. Both the stems and the leaves xcellent for salads and steamed with other vegetables and greens. This plant yields all summer long into the fall, with stems that can be individually harvested after around fifty five days. The Swiss Chard Ruby Red is a variety that can grow to be two feet tall. These leaves taste slightly bitter, similar to spinach, with fresh and crunchy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swiss-chard-ruby-red-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593691400\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Ruby Red Swiss Chard Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beta vulgaris subsp. vulgaris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Ruby Red\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003eRhubarb Chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-55 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, acidic and well-drained with pH level 6.0-8.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eAphids, spinach leaf miners and cercospora leaf spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forest-green variegated leaves with burgundy stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crisp or savory with hints of spinach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirectly-sow Ruby Red Swiss Chard seeds 2-3 weeks before your region's final spring frost or once the soil is 50°. In more temperate regions, start chard seeds indoors in April. In southern climates, chard can overwinter. Sow in early fall and lay down mulch in order to keep plants cool. Once These crisp, nutrient-rich plants reach 3-4\" tall, harden off seedlings before transplanting outside. Ruby Red Chard plants prefer rich, loose and well-drained soil that's more acidic with a pH level of 6.0-7.0. Plant seeds ½-1\" deep with 6-10\" apart and 18-24\" in between rows to allow room for growth. it's recommended to thin your plants, as annual swiss chard seeds produce multiple plants at a time. Germination will take 1-2 weeks and should be watered regularly. As a member of the amaranth family, chard thrives in full sun, but can withstand partial shade. If you're planting an abundant fall crop, harvest the mature leaves of your chard plants to help add to their \"cut and come back\" regrowth. Chard plants can overwinter in southern climates, as this variety is sown as a biennial. During the hotter summer season, Ruby Red Swiss Chard will slow their growth. These cold hardy veggies prefer cooler conditions and survive temperatures as low as 15°! Even though chard has a similar taste to spinach, Ruby Red Swiss Chard is noted for providing more of a pleasant flavor than beet greens. For more savory flavor, pan-fry the forest-green leaves and crisp stalks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs this burgundy-colored variety is fast-maturing, harvest Ruby Red Swiss Chard 50-55 days from the sowing date. Be sure to also harvest Ruby Red Swiss Chard plants before their forest-green leaves become too large, as their flavor will thrive before they reach full maturity. You can harvest chard by cutting the entire plant about 1\" above the soil or snipping the outer mature leaves with gardening shears. Even though chard has a similar taste to spinach and beet greens, these leafy annual vegetables can be pan-fried to bring out their more pleasant and savory flavor. Store your Ruby Red Swiss Chard crop in a sealed plastic bag in the fridge for up to 7 days. Be sure to not wash before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeta vulgaris subsp. vulgaris have been grown since 350 BC. Chard seeds come from a beet variety and are members of the amaranth family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 930 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 3,720 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 14,880 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 74,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 372,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824748168,"sku":"18687","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824747912,"sku":"34514","price":5.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824747976,"sku":"34513","price":7.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824748040,"sku":"34512","price":15.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824748104,"sku":"16012","price":42.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311786332275,"sku":"42221","price":144.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/swiss-chard-ruby-red-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440266"},{"product_id":"turnip-purple-top-white-globe-seeds","title":"Turnip Seeds - Purple Top White Globe","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-60 days. Purple Top White Globe Turnip Seeds. \u003cem\u003e Brassica rapa subsp. rapa\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. Purple Top White Globe Turnip seeds grow into cool season root vegetables that are hardy biennials. These bulb-shaped plants are one of the most diverse veggies, as turnips are in the brassicae category and have many varieties within its family. All turnips produce edible leaves and roots, making Purple Top White Globe seeds a gardener's dream to grow! ~12,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/turnip-purple-top-white-globe-microgreens-seeds?variant=46594198920\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreens\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Purple Top White Globe Turnip Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003e Brassica rapa subsp. rapa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bulbous-rooted upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, Organic, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-65 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Top White Globe Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radiant purple root tops and white base beneath the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Top White Globe Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, smooth, hearty with mild pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to clubroot and oversaturation known to cause mildew, rot, fungal disease. Watch for aphids and flea beetles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Purple Top White Globe Turnip from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurnip is a cool-season vegetable sown 3-4 weeks before final spring frost or mid-late summer to allow maturing plants cooler fall weather for harvesting. Like other root vegetables, turnip does not transplant well and should always be directly sown. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 1-2\" apart in Organically composted, well-tilled, and well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurnip seeds germinate in 3-10 days, thin out healthiest starts to every 4-6\" in the garden as true leaves establish. Turnip seeds thrive with a top layer of mulch to help cool soil and roots. Unlike other root vegetables, turnip benefits from a nitrogen-rich fertilizer during vegetative growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Top White Globe Turnip in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurnip is one of the unsung heroes of the garden bed along with rutabaga, kohlrabi, and celeriac. One of the rare root crops whose leafy greens might be more popular than the root itself, tender turnip greens are able to be harvested well into fall similar to spinach or collards. Most varieties of turnip are ready to harvest in about 50 days when bright purple roots begin to show, but always taste best if harvested after a light frost or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica rapa subsp. rapa\u003c\/em\u003e varieties are native to the eastern and mid-regions of Asia. Turnips are hardy biennials in the mustard family. This plant category of cool season root veggies were first cultivated in Europe during the 16th century, where turnips predated potato crops in places like England.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Purple Top White Globe Turnip\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Purple Top White Globe Turnips 55 days from the sowing date or once the roots have grown 4\" wide. it's recommended to pick biennial turnips sooner than later, as their smaller bulb size contains more flavor. Generally, turnips are fast-growing. Be sure to keep an eye on their size. Harvest root vegetables by lifting up the roots with a gardening fork or by digging up the entire plant. You can also harvest the peppery and edible green leaves of turnips once they've grown 3\" wide. Don't cut more than 3 leaves off at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on variety, turnip is ready for harvest about 40-70 days from sowing or when roots begin pushing up and showing 3-4\" diameter above soil. Turnip greens are just as popular as the turnip root and can be quickly harvested while still young and tender during root production. Turnips are shallow-rooted and can be harvested from the ground like a potato or radish by firmly pulling out of the soil. If possible, harvest after the first autumn frost for best flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Purple Top White Globe Turnip Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Brassica rapa subsp. rapa\u003c\/em\u003e. (50-60 Days)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurple Top White Globe Turnips make a healthy alternative to savory dishes we find appetizing, such as potatoes. Many gardeners dream about when they can grow their next heirloom crop, as sweet and smooth flavor comes from the turnips\" roots.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eAs one of the oldest and most diverse culinary treats, turnips also take on a heartiness similar to carrots when they're cooked with garlic or rosemary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1881 D.M. Ferry Catalog says about American Purple Top Turnip Seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"A variety of the purple top flat turnip, from which it originated. We are inclined to think that this new variety will in time be as largely used as the purple top flat turnip is now. It is globular in form, and quite as large as the Pomeranean White Globe, of beautiful appearance, of most excellent quality, and equally desirable for table or stock. It is undoubtedly a fine market sort, and keeps well.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1927 Burrell's Seed Catalog says about American Purple Top Turnip Seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"This excellent table variety is globular in shape, of good size and very attractive appearance. The roots are large, purple or dark red above the ground, white below. The flesh is white, fine grained and tender. The roots, when in best condition for the table, are about 3 inches in diameter, but can be grown much larger for stock feeding. This sort keeps well for so early a variety and is one of the best for market use. Sometimes known as Red Top White Globe.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1935 Isbell's Seed Co. catalog says about American Purple Top Turnip Seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"One of the handsomest and most salable turnips. Desirable for either home or market. Large, rapid-growing sort, with globular-shaped roots, under portion being white and top bright purple. Flesh pure white, fine grained and of fine flavor. Sure cropper and splendid keeper. Grown extensively here in Michigan as well as in most other sections; a heavy yielder. Ready to use in 65 days.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmerican Purple Top Turnip Seeds is recommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eFL, OR, TX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePurple Top White Globe Turnip Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 g - Packet - Approximately 3,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Purple Top White Globe turnip seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"7 g Package","offer_id":38824749896,"sku":"18703","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":39372112101491,"sku":"51242","price":5.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824749640,"sku":"17812","price":7.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824749704,"sku":"34856","price":14.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824749768,"sku":"34857","price":41.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311763099763,"sku":"42216","price":145.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Turnip_Seeds_-_Purple_Top-White-Globe-Comp.jpg?v=1762440267"},{"product_id":"cauliflower-snowball-y-improved-seeds","title":"Cauliflower Seeds - Snowball Y Improved","description":"\u003cp\u003e70-80 days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003ebotrytis\u003c\/em\u003e. Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower Seeds. Non-GMO, heirloom, open-pollinated, annual. This is suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, containers, and fields. Snowball Y Improved is a classic self-blanching strain that curls its own leaves around the head for a clean, snow-white finish. Expect dense, heavy 6-inch heads with a mild, sweet flavor, and strong performance in short-season spring or fall gardens. ~8,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003ebotrytis\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-80\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 4-6 weeks before transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, well-drained soil with consistent moisture; pH 6.0-6.8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 55-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch for cabbage worms, flea beetles, aphids, and slugs. Use row cover early, rotate crops, and water at soil level to reduce foliar disease pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball Y Improved Cauliflower Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snow white head; silvery green leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball Y Improved Cauliflower Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet, and buttery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container, Fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool Weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCauliflower prefers cool, steady conditions. Start seeds indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting for spring crops, or time a late-summer sowing for fall harvest. Sow 0.5 inch deep and keep seedlings evenly moist, then harden off and transplant to the garden once nights are mild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpace plants 18-24 inches apart in fertile, well-drained soil and keep moisture consistent to prevent stress and uneven heads. Snowball Y Improved is self-blanching, but you can gently fold outer leaves over developing heads in intense sun for the brightest white curds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting of Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when heads are compact, firm, and fully sized, ideally before the curds loosen or begin to separate. Cut the head from the main stem with a sharp knife, leaving a few wrapper leaves to protect it during handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnowball Y Improved is a widely trusted heirloom strain bred for dense, heavy heads and dependable performance in cooler seasons. The large leaves naturally curl around the head, helping it blanch without extra labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse fresh florets for roasting, steaming, and stir-fries, or blanch and freeze for easy meals later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCauliflower rewards consistency. Keep water steady and mulch to stabilize soil moisture, especially as heads form. If a heat wave hits, provide afternoon shade to reduce stress and help heads stay tight and smooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/jerry-sawyer-compressed.jpg?v=1653940293\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Jerry Sawyer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSnowball Y Improved Cauliflower Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3 g Packet - Packet - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk - Approximately 32,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk - Approximately 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approximately 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38827779912,"sku":"18587","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38827779656,"sku":"11806","price":6.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38827779720,"sku":"31537","price":11.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38827779784,"sku":"31536","price":28.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38827779848,"sku":"18079","price":96.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18312170537075,"sku":"42229","price":375.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Cauliflower-Seeds-Snowball-Y-Improved-Comp.jpg?v=1762440272"},{"product_id":"kale-red-russian-seeds","title":"Kale Seeds - Red Russian","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-60 days. Red Russian Kale Seeds. \u003cem\u003eBrassica napus var. pabularia\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. A popular and tenacious red variation to the ever-popular Russian kale, Red Russian grows a lighter, but still jagged, serrated, and tenacious cultivar of garden kale. Red Russian seeds were initially cultivated by the pioneering American horticulturist Frank Morton, who developed the seeds for a red cultivar that ended up thriving in his home in Oregon during the 1980's. ~8,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Seed Type for this Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/kale-red-russian-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592014600\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Red Russian Kale Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica napus var. pabularia\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2 -10 (Biennial 7-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nitrogen-rich, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Buda Kale or Ragged Jack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e No serious diseases but monitor regularly for aphids, cabbage worms, flea beetles, and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Russian Kale Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green leaves with purple amd red highlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Russian Kale Curled Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildy sweet, similar to broccoli stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Red Russian Kale from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale is a cool hardy crop able to be sown directly in early spring or late fall. For best starts, begin indoors 3-4 weeks before final spring frost or 6-8 before the first autumn frost. Plant 3-4 seeds 1\/4\" deep per cell and 3-4\" apart in the garden in nitrogen-rich, Organic, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5. Germinates in 3-10 days, thinning out best starts to 1 plant per pot or every 12-18\" in the garden as true leaves establish. Kale benefits from fertilizer every 4 weeks. Extended summer heat will cause plants to bolt and become bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Russian Kale seeds can be grown in all grow zones, with full or partial sun. Directly sow the seeds one fourth of an inch deep in moist, rich soil, with a pH level between 6.5 and 6.8. Space the seeds eighteen to twenty four inches apart, with two feet between rows. While growing, the soil must be kept moist, but care must be taken to not over water the plants. The outer leaves can be harvested sixty days after sowing. Continuous harvesting is possible if the bud is kept intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Russian Kale in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale has recently become one of the most popular vegetables both in and out of the garden. Whether because of unparalleled health benefits, ease of growing, or showy decorative color, there is almost no reason not to have a place for kale in the garden box. Kale is one of the most hardy Brassicas, boasting a tolerance to both heat and cold extremes and even overwintering in moderate climates. Kale is more diverse than you think, available in a variety of unique colors, shapes, sizes, and textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrost improves the flavor of all varieties of kale, especially Red Russian Kale, so if planted for a fall harvest, wait for the first frost to sweeten it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Russian Kale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost kale is ready to begin harvesting about 60 days from sowing. Kale is a \"cut and come again\" crop and continuously harvesting younger, outer leaves will encourage growth. Carefully cut back any yellowing leaves that may appear at the base. In warm enough climates, kale can produce over winter but, in colder regions, lay a tarp or row cover to further a winter harvest. Kale can be continually harvested for a few weeks if outer leaves are harvested and the center bud is left intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outer leaves can be harvested fifty to sixty days after sowing. Continuous harvesting is possible if the bud is kept intact. If harvested properly, kale will keep growing so you can get more crop from the same plant. Clip the bottom leaves first and leave the upper leaves near the bud intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Red Russian Kale earlier in the form of baby greens! Try \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/kale-red-russian-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592014600\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Russian Kale Microgreens Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Russian Kale Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica napus var. pabularia\u003c\/em\u003e (60-70 days).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKA: \"Buda Kale\" or \"Ragged Jack\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kale was first introduced to Canada by Russian fur traders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep gray-green leaves are held up by red stems, but turn deep purple\/red in cold weather. Red Russian kale is a bit more tender and flavorful then other kales. Cold tolerant and even tastier after the first freeze. The cold will also deepen the color. Grows 20-28\" tall. Use it as an edible border it is so pretty!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Russian Kale is versatile and can be used for kale chips, soups, salads and stir fries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKale FACTS:\u003c\/strong\u003e *Kale is one of the most frost tolerant vegetables. *Kale grows best in cool weather. *Kale will perform much better with rich, well draining, fertile soil. * Water deeply reaching mature root zone. *Moisture fluctuations will cause tough and bitter kale leaves. *High summer temps reduces Kales ability to grow and produces bitter leaves. *Kale is a very rich source of Calcium, Iron, Vitamins A and C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRed Russian Kale Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Packet - Approx 550 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Russian kale seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38827780808,"sku":"18606","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38827780488,"sku":"11812","price":5.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38827780552,"sku":"11813","price":7.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38827780616,"sku":"11814","price":16.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38827780680,"sku":"11815","price":48.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38827780744,"sku":"16161","price":181.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Kale-Seeds-Red-Russian-comp.jpg?v=1762440273"},{"product_id":"mustard-osaka-purple-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds - Osaka Purple","description":"\u003cp\u003e21 to 45 days. An outstanding mustard of dark green-purple leaves with bright white veins. Harvest at 4 to 6 inches for salad or allow it to grow to full size for boiling greens. Fast and easy to grow, great crop for spring, or fall into early winter. Colorful microgreen with a bit of a bite.Osaka mustard is a strong japanese mustard, with beautiful purple highlights. It is one of the primary ingredients in making wasabi. It grows well to the baby salad stage and is delicious as microgreen or baby salad green. Try as a fresh garnish with sushi instead of wasabi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mustard-osaka-purple-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592462408\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Red Streaks Mizuna Mustard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e brassica juncea\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-45\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun \/ Tolerant to some shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistances:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cousin to kale and collards, mustard is a tenacious leafy green but it's not as cold-hardy. Grow in clumps about 12-18 inches apart. Use straw mulch to hold in soil moisture. Start 4-6 weeks before the first frost for a fall harvest. For a spring harvest, start seeds 4 weeks ahead of the last frost. You can harvest and allow to regrow over a period of a couple weeks as long as the weather permits. Cut leafy greens 3-4 inches from the ground and allow sufficient time to regrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 gram Packet","offer_id":40554186145907,"sku":"59706","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38827781512,"sku":"11857","price":5.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38827781576,"sku":"11858","price":8.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38827781640,"sku":"11859","price":18.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38827781704,"sku":"11860","price":55.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18312589279347,"sku":"42236","price":206.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1674496827_CopyofSustainable-WM-Black_600x600px_41_1222x1222_5df6ca3c-69b6-4c6b-973f-90281ef49021.jpg?v=1764633973"},{"product_id":"chives-garlic-seeds","title":"Chives Seeds - Garlic","description":"\u003cp\u003e85-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO, heirloom Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed. Chives are native to regions in Asia and Europe. Garlic chive cultivars are also called \"Chinese Chives\" and are different from their relative Onion Chive variety. As one of the prolific \"finest herbs\" of cooking, Garlic Chives are easy to grow from seed during the cool season and do well in temperate climates as hardy perennial herbs. Garlic chive herbs are a popular garnish in Asian and French cuisine and can make a great aromatic ornamental herb in your garden!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-90 Perennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately rich and well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Pests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thrips and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green flat shoots, white flower umbels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic ChivesHerb\/seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic, mild onion, spice, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Allium tuberosum) Garlic Chives grow as upright hardy perennial herbs which thrive during the cooler seasons of spring or fall. Garlic Chive varieties, also called \"Chinese Chives\" grow from bulbs and reach up to 2 feet tall developing long, flat, and green grass-like shoots. During late spring or once they've grown 6 inches long, your Chives will give off a mild onion and garlic aroma, as they develop their small umbels of white flowers. Cool-season Garlic Chives will be ready for harvest before the edible flowers begin to bow over as the warmer temperatures set in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Garnishing \u0026amp; Culinary Benefits of Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs chive herbs are one of the four \"finest herbes\" of cooking, Garlic Chive varieties are diverse and provide many fresh options that will enhance your meals across the board! In Asian cuisine, Garlic Chives also called Chinese Chives. They make a tasty addition to stir-fries or as Niratama, a popular Japanese dish meaning garlic chive eggs. In French cuisine, chives make an ideal garnish for baked potatoes, salads, soups, eggs, cream cheese, and even fresh sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Ornamental Benefits of Growing Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHerbs have been used as a medicinal remedy for centuries, offering mild onion and garlic properties. Garlic Chives can also be grown near garden beds or as a perennial border to protect vegetables and deter insects because of their aromatic properties. Chives also make attractive landscape fillers. Try interplanting throughout your garden with other cool-season veggies like lettuce, broccoli, carrots, and radishes to enhance their spice!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGarlic Chives Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38904980936,"sku":"18719","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38904980744,"sku":"31931","price":6.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38904980808,"sku":"31930","price":13.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38904980872,"sku":"31929","price":36.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chives_Seeds_-_Garlic.jpg?v=1762440297"},{"product_id":"arugula-organic","title":"Arugula Seeds - Slow Bolt (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e40-45 days. Organic Slow Bolt Arugula herb Seeds. \u003cem\u003eEruca vesicaria sativa\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Organic Slow Bolt arugula seeds are one of the fastest growing crops for home gardeners and, since they are slower to bolt, are far more tolerant to heat than other cultivars. Organic arugula seeds quickly mature to a leafy vegetable herb grown and treated nearly identical to headless lettuces, able to thrive in pots, planters, the garden, or as an indoor hydroponic. Grow Organic Slow Bolt arugula seeds for quick microgreens, dried herbs, or leafy vegetables. ~14,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/arugula-slow-bolt-microgreens-seeds?variant=45198169160\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Slow Bolt Arugula Roquette Herb Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/arugula-herb-growing-guide-page\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Arugula Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Organic Slow-Bolt Arugula Herb from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow arugula seeds as early in spring as the soil can be worked, about 1\/4\" deep in rows 12\" apart. When seedlings are 2 to 3 inches tall, thin plants to 3-4\" apart. or best results, plants should grow quickly and steadily, as leaf flavor gets stronger with warm weather and less irrigation. To assure optimum growth and flavor, sow seeds early in cool weather in loose, well-composted soil. Keep soil moist. Baby leaves can be harvested as early as 25 days, larger leaves will be ready in 45 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether sowing Organic Slow Bolt arugula seeds or a wild arugula variety, they are popularly sown about every 2 weeks in the summer for a successive and season-long arugula crop. Although a slow bolting seed, arugula will still require some partial shade in the summer heat to be able to produce up until the frost. Organic Slow Bolt arugula seeds are a choice microgreens crop, able to be sown and harvested indoors year-round, a clever and delicious way to use those extra arugula seeds in the middle of winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Roquette Arugula in the Herb and Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Slow Bolt arugula seeds are ideal for gardens prone to overly warm summers, yet would still like to try their hand and arugula gardening. Known throughout the world by any number of names including \"rocket\" and \"roquette\", garden arugula seeds quickly mature into a tender annual most commonly found in mixed greens and Mesclun mixes featuring mizuna, baby spinach radicchio, and dandelion. Growing Organic Slow Bolt arugula seeds helps to maintain the best possible flavor while in the garden, keeping the plant from bolting to seed which immediately spoils flavor, color, and tenderness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClosely related to the weedy and tenacious dandelion green, arugula boasts the same weed-like vigor in the garden. Orgnaic Arugula greens are best when harvested at about 2-3\" long, often grown as \"baby arugula\" able to be kept as a \"cut and come again\" crop, but naturally will want to branch out and bolt to seed as if it were an invasive crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Organic Roquette Arugula Garden Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe entire plant may be harvested, or individual leaves may be cut from the plant. Leaves give a sharp, spicy, pungent, peppery taste, similar to horseradish, in mixed salads, complementing both bland butterhead lettuce and bitter chicories. Best used raw in salads and in tomato dishes when the serrated leaves are only two to three inches long. It can be steamed, cooked as a potherb, or pureed and added to soups. Harvested leaves can be frozen for later use, similar to spinach or other greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Slow-Bolt Arugula (Roquette) Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eEruca vesicaria sativa\u003c\/em\u003e. (40-45 days)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom. Open-pollinated. Ancient Romans and Egyptians considered it to be an aphrodisiac. The British cultivated it for centuries, and it was in the earliest gardens in New England. Today, Roquette is popular with Italians, French, Spanish, Greeks, and Egyptians; it is becoming more popular in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlow Bolt arugula seeds are ideal for gardens prone to overly warm summers, yet would still like to try their hand and arugula gardening. Known throughout the world by any number of names including \"rocket\" and \"roquette\", garden arugula seeds quickly mature into a tender annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost commonly found in mixed greens and Mesclun mixes featuring mizuna, baby spinach radicchio, and dandelion. Growing Slow Bolt arugula seeds helps to maintain the best possible flavor while in the garden, keeping the plant from bolting to seed which immediately spoils flavor, color, and tenderness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust like many greens and vegetables to come out of the garden, non-GMO Slow Bolt arugula boasts all the same nutritional benefits that inspire home gardens the world over. Culinary arugula is very similar to leaf lettuce, rich in essential nutrients such calcium, potassium, phosphorus, and magnesium, while comprised of more than 90% water with a mere 25 calories per 100g serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile arugula is a healthy and low-calorie option for many diets, it has a limited history of being used for anything else other than culinary purposes. Unlike some herbaceous perennial herbs that have a long and extensive history of medicinal and cultural significance, arugula has earned its stripes throughout the millennia as being a reliably fast leafy vegetable harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow To Sprout Organic Arugula Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArugula seeds are mucilaginous and should not be presoaked like other sprouting seeds but, instead, presoak the entire terra cotta saucer for 1-2 hours prior to seeding. Don’t seed arugula too close together because arugula matures into thick, robust sprouts that quickly become too dense for the tray or saucer, often leading to mold and slime. Too many seeds in proximity excrete too much mucus for the terra cotta to comfortably absorb. Store in a dark place for 4-5 days while continuing to mist daily until sprouts are ready for direct sunlight. Arugula sprouts thrive from full sun and taste best with at least 12-24 hours of light prior to harvest. Sprouts will be lightly rooted in the porous terra cotta and are best clipped with scissors for harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eruca vesicaria sativa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-45\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArugula Seeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoquette Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weedy and quickly spreading mound similar to dandelion or mustard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organic, fertilized, consistently moist, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-65°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun in cooler climates, partial shade in warm summers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow Bolt Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic leafy salad greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow Bolt Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright and peppery similar to mustard or radish. 2-3\" leaves are sweeter and more tender than larger, more coarse greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Disease:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to flea beetles, slugs, and some smaller pests similar to lettuce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Slow Bolt Arugula Roquette Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 g\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packet - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 14,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 56,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 227,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,136,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO Organic Slow-Bolt Arugula (roquette)\u003c\/strong\u003e seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":38905018440,"sku":"18841","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":39407203352691,"sku":"44979","price":7.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39407203647603,"sku":"44980","price":10.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":39407203745907,"sku":"44978","price":28.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":38905018376,"sku":"38967","price":106.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Arugula-Seeds-Slow-Bolt-Organic-Comp.jpg?v=1762440305"},{"product_id":"chives-garlic-organic","title":"Chives Seeds - Garlic (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Organic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Allium tuberosum. Chives are native to regions in Asia and Europe. Organic Garlic Chives are also called \"Chinese Chive Herbs\" and are technically a different cultivar from their Onion Chive relatives. As one of the prolific \"fines herbes\" of cooking, Organic Garlic Chives are easy to grow from seed during the cool season as hardy perennial herbs. Organic Garlic Chives are full of cancer-fighting antioxidants as an aromatic herb in your garden!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allium tuberosum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-90, Perennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Pests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thrips and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green flat shoots, white flower umbels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic ChivesHerb\/seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic, mild onion, spice, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Allium tuberosum) Organic Garlic Chives grow as upright hardy perennial herbs which thrive during the cooler seasons of spring or fall. This cultivar, also called \"Chinese Chive Herbs\" reaches up to 24 inches tall, developing long, flat, and green grass-like shoots. During late spring, your Organic Garlic Chives will give off a mild spice, onion, and garlic aroma, as they develop their small umbels of white flowers. As the warmer temperatures set in, Organic Garlic Chives will be ready for harvest before the flowers begin to bow over, before going to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Health Benefits of Organic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives are not only packed with cancer-fighting antioxidants such as lutein and quercetin, these fresh herbs with mild spice also contain essential nutrients, like vitamins C and K, as well as helping osteocalcin\"which is a protein that helps generate bone strength and density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Ornamental Benefits of Growing Organic Garlic Chives Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs herbs have been used for centuries for various benefits, Garlic Chives can also be grown near garden beds or as a perennial border to protect vegetables and deter insects from their aromatic properties. Organic Garlic Chives also make attractive landscape fillers with their green, flat grass-like shoots and umbels of white flowers. Organic Garlic Chive Herbs enhance other cool-season veggies like lettuce, broccoli, and carrots while making radishes spicier!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Gram Packet","offer_id":31911147733107,"sku":"48589","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39414161801331,"sku":"45562","price":7.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39414161932403,"sku":"45563","price":14.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39414161965171,"sku":"45561","price":41.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/chives-garlic-organic-comp.jpg?v=1759441122"},{"product_id":"canned-garden-seeds","title":"50,000+ Emergency Heirloom Storage Seeds - Long Term Storage Can","description":"\u003cp\u003eStay prepared with these 16 tenacious varieties of heirloom garden seeds. Each seed is selected for its adaptability to most regions, including areas with short-season climates. Includes an 8-page instruction booklet to help you grow the best crop you can and harvest your own seeds for future planting. An essential addition to your emergency food and water storage. Seeds are specially dried, sealed in Ziplock mylar pouches and re-sealed in a large No. 10 Can. \u003cstrong\u003e50,000+ seeds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u0026gt;\u0026gt;\u0026gt;\u003cstrong\u003eNEW\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBucket Bundle option \u003c\/strong\u003eincludes Canned Seeds, 5 Gallon Bucket with Ratcheting Lid, 100 seed starting pellets, and Minute Soil + Amended Coco Coir\u0026gt;\u0026gt;\u0026gt;\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEmergency Canned Garden Seeds - 16 Varieties\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMountain Valley Seed Company has done most of the preparation for you by individually sealing each seed variety within the can for protection. The included booklet teaches you how to grow, prepare, and harvest your own seeds for future planting. Enough seeds to grow and feed a village. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003e16 non-hybrid seeds included:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pea-garden-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/pea-garden-seed\"\u003ePea\u003c\/a\u003e - 5 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-radish-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/garden-radish-seed\"\u003eRadish\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/onion-vegetable-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/onion-vegetable-seed\"\u003eOnion\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/spinach-planting-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/spinach-planting-seed\"\u003eSpinach\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cabbage-planting-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/cabbage-planting-seed\"\u003eCabbage\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chard-growing-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/chard-growing-seed\"\u003eSwiss Chard\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beet-garden-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/beet-garden-seed\"\u003eBeet\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/carrot-planting-seeds\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/carrot-planting-seeds\"\u003eCarrot\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/lettuce-seed-for-planting\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/lettuce-seed-for-planting\"\u003eLettuce\u003c\/a\u003e - 5 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bean-planting-seeds\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/bean-planting-seeds\"\u003eBeans\u003c\/a\u003e - 5 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/corn-seed-for-garden-planting\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/corn-seed-for-garden-planting\"\u003eCorn\u003c\/a\u003e - 5 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cucumber-planting-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/cucumber-planting-seed\"\u003eCucumber\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/zucchini-vegetable-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/zucchini-vegetable-seed\"\u003eSummer Squash, Zucchini\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-peppers-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/garden-peppers-seed\"\u003ePepper\u003c\/a\u003e - 5 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/squash-garden-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/squash-garden-seed\"\u003eWinter Squash\u003c\/a\u003e - 10 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tomato-vegetable-seed\" data-mce-href=\"\/collections\/tomato-vegetable-seed\"\u003eTomato\u003c\/a\u003e - 5 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeed Storage Bucket Bundle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete seed storage starting kit with everything you need to start your seeds. Up your emergency storage with this complete kit inside our highest-quality ratcheting bucket. Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency Canned Garden Seeds (Above 16 Varieties) \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8-Page Instruction Booklet\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"5 Gallon bucket details\" href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/5-gallon-bucket-with-ratcheting-lid\" target=\"_blank\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/5-gallon-bucket-with-ratcheting-lid\"\u003e5 Gallon Bucket with Ratcheting Lid\u003c\/a\u003e: Food grade, UV resistant, high-density polyethylene #2 HDPE. For seed storage, container gardening, composting, worm tea, urban gardening, growing potatoes, soil mixing, and more. Features tips, unit of measure conversions, seeding depths, soil recipes, organic fertilizer recipes, rulers, step-by-step potato growing instructions, and more. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"Seed Starter pellets\" href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/netted-seed-starter-pellets-unamended-42mm\" target=\"_blank\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/netted-seed-starter-pellets-unamended-42mm\"\u003e100 Minute Soil 42mm\u003c\/a\u003e Netted Seed Starter Pellets: Just add water to these dried, compressed germination plugs and they expand in seconds. The perfect addition for germinating the seeds included in your Emergency Canned Garden. Ideal for starting tomatoes, peppers, squash, onions \u0026amp; more. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca title=\"Minute Soil Plus\" href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/minute-soil-amended-compressed-coco-coir?variant=39873080000627\" target=\"_blank\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/minute-soil-amended-compressed-coco-coir?variant=39873080000627\"\u003eMinute Soil+ Amended Coco Coir Bricks\u003c\/a\u003e: With enough NPK nutrients for a full growing season, these compressed blocks expand into 4.5 gallons of soil. Ideal for multiple projects. Expand one brick at a time as needed. This fibrous grow medium provides proper aeration to help plants and seedlings establish healthier roots to grow stronger and faster. A smart addition to any emergency kit, allowing you to have readily available soil when you need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/BN7OYzU3mcg?si=fjw8DIQ95EaH1b1G\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/DUtpQ08ezNo?si=Y3LXc9d46GtRzKcr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"Canned Seeds","offer_id":40779986567283,"sku":"16041","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bucket Bundle","offer_id":40779986600051,"sku":"63455","price":151.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Canned_Storage_Garden_Seeds_comp_bc26a8bb-a87c-44d0-bc92-46144f0ce44f.jpg?v=1762440323"},{"product_id":"grow-and-store-garden-seeds-21-variety","title":"Grow and Store Garden Seeds 21 Variety","description":"\u003cp\u003e21 varieties of vegetable garden seeds. Specially dried and sealed for long term emergency seed storage. Shelf life up to 10 years. Seeds should be a key component of any preparedness plan. All varieties are stable, open-pollinated, or heirloom, strains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Long Term Storage Seeds 21 Varieties - Variety\/Weight\/Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet Corn - 5 ounce - Approx 750\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMelon - 5 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e176\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeas - 5 ounce \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e445\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRadish - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e882\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLettuce - 5 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e2800\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarrot - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e6702\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnion - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e2822\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePepper, Sweet - 5 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e700\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeet - 15 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e629\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePepper, Hot - 5 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e700\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTomato, Slicing - 5 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e1760\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCucumber - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e353\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTomato, Cherry - 5 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e1760\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWinter Squash - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e109\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpinach - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e882\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBush Bean - 5 ounce \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e435\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabbage - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e2469\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquash Zucchini - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e81\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKale - 5 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e1500\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRomaine lettuce - 5 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e2822\u003cspan\u003e Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatermelon - 10 gram \u003cspan\u003e- Approx \u003c\/span\u003e2631 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed Growing Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage Seeds should be a key component of any preparedness plan. This product was designed as a convenient and comprehensive source of seeds that will produce a garden full of fresh and nutritionally dense produce. All varieties are stable, open-pollinated, or heirloom, strains which mean you can save seeds from each years harvest to be grown the following year producing a true to type garden year after year.Specially selected seeds: These seeds were hand selected by a degreed horticulturist with more than 40 years of experience and in conjunction with one of the nation's leading agricultural universities. Thousands of varieties were reviewed and judged against several criteria. Seeds specially prepared for long-term storage. This can contains 1.4 lbs of seed which is enough to grow a .75 of an acre garden, that is larger than half a football field!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage Seeds should be a key component of any preparedness plan. This product was designed as a convenient and comprehensive source of seeds that will produce a garden full of fresh and nutritionally dense produce. All varieties are stable, open-pollinated, or heirloom, strains which mean you can save seeds from each years harvest to be grown the following year producing a true to type garden year after year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSpecially selected seeds\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e: These seeds were hand selected by a degreed horticulturist with more than 40 years of experience and in conjunction with one of the nation's leading agricultural universities. Thousands of varieties were reviewed and judged against several criteria including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdaptability\u003c\/strong\u003e: these seeds were selected for their ability to adapt to a wide variety of growing conditions including short season climates because you never know what the climate will be like when you count on it most.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEase of growing\u003c\/strong\u003e: every seed variety has been personally grown in numerous test gardens to ensure success from the first time gardener to the old pro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-hybrid\u003c\/strong\u003e: non-hybrid, open pollinated, or heirloom seeds \"breed true\" which means you can harvest seeds from your garden at the end of the season and store them for a future garden ensuring \u003cem\u003econtinuous\u003c\/em\u003e seed replenishment. For the past several years seed companies have been producing more and more hybrid seeds which have many good growing characteristics but will not \"breed true\" which means that seeds collected at year end will not produce a plant with the same characteristics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutritionally dense\u003c\/strong\u003e: our goal was to produce a garden that would provide as much nutrition per square foot as possible. You can rest comfortably knowing that this garden will provide ample nourishment for your family and friends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecially prepared\u003c\/strong\u003e: There is no use in storing seeds if they won't grow when you need them. All seeds are living organisms and will eventually die but with proper and diligent preparation their lives can be extended. To ensure you the highest quality seeds which will be ready when you need them we:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMet with the National Seed Storage Laboratory to ensure our processes are at the cutting edge of seed archiving technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse our in house laboratory to independently test and verify every seed lot, and retest at regular intervals, to ensure the seeds meet our high standards for germination rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarefully prepare and test seeds on our state of art equipment to ensure the optimum moisture content for increased storage life according to our proprietary research tables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniquely heat seal seeds in a triple layered foil bag. This high quality barrier extends seed life and allows you to reseal the seeds with our E -Z Lock feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal the seeds in a hermetically sealed 1 gallon resealable plastic container to provide another layer of protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegularly set aside cans for our own storage and future testing. We have been storing and testing our stored seed for over a decade to ensure our process is sound and we continue to make process improvements. We believe we are THE ONLY storage seed company with this much proven and tested history.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceeded Federal Seed Act rules and regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur seeds can be safely stored for a minimum of 4 years if they are kept in a cool dry climate (65º to 70ºF) or longer at lower temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncredible value\u003c\/strong\u003e: If you tried to purchase the same quantity of seeds at the store you would easily spend more than $67 dollars and those seeds would not be specially prepared for long-term storage. This can contains 1.4 lbs of seed which is enough to grow a ¾ of an acre garden, that is larger than ½ a football field!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/BN7OYzU3mcg?si=fjw8DIQ95EaH1b1G\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/DUtpQ08ezNo?si=Y3LXc9d46GtRzKcr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38909531784,"sku":"16042","price":93.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Grow-and-Store-Garden-Seeds-21-Variety-Comp.jpg?v=1762440323"},{"product_id":"beet-bulls-blood-seed","title":"Beet Seed - Bulls Blood","description":"\u003cp\u003e40-52 days. The Bull's Blood beet is a variety of beet that has a higher nutritional value than others. In addition to this, Bull's Blood is often grown as an ornamental plant in gardens, due to their leaves maintaining a deep red or purple color. These beets are hardy and can be grown in a number of zones and climates, and can thrive in either full sun or partial shade. An older cultivar known for its sweet, stunningly beautiful dark red-purple tops and remarkable flavor. Directly sow very thickly and cut in about 28 days. Should regrow for another cutting if kept moist and well fertilized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beet-bulls-blood-microgreens-seeds?variant=46587686984\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Bull's Blood Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-52 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moist soil, 6.5 to 7 ph\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to fungal leaf spots, powdery mildew, aphids and caterpillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep red\/purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leaves have a bitter taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with a light, moist soil, ideally with a PH level of 6.5 to 7. Sow the seeds half an inch deep, with three inches between plants and twelve to eighteen inches between rows. These seeds will need plenty of moisture while germinating, so keep the soil moist for the first twenty one days. These beets can thrive in conditions with full sun or partial shade. After forty to fifty two days, the beets should be ready for harvesting. Around this time, they will be between two and three inches. If you would like to keep the beets in your garden for aesthetic purposes, the leaves will turn to a darker shade of red as they continue to mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBull's Blood Beet Seeds have been known to grow well in containers, flowerbed borders, and cottage gardens. They require full sun to partial shade, growing in clumps. This annual is great for an intermediate gardener. Leaves very hard and excellent in salad mix because of their contrast in color and bitterness in flavor to other greens. The Beet \"lettuce\" is said to have higher nutritional value than the already plentiful beetroot. Dark red roots of good sweetness and quality, yielding a plethora of uses in a number of recipes. Approx. 1,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31789700218995,"sku":"48452","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921716552,"sku":"30566","price":5.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921716616,"sku":"30565","price":8.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921716680,"sku":"30563","price":20.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921716744,"sku":"30564","price":64.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38921716808,"sku":"16175","price":246.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-bulls-blood-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440340"},{"product_id":"tomato-great-white-seeds","title":"Tomato Seeds - Slicing - Great White","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum\u003c\/em\u003e. Great White Tomato Seeds. Non-GMO, warm season annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, indeterminate, slicing tomato. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Disorders. Great White Tomato plants produce fruits that are\u003cstrong\u003e about 2 lbs in size\u003c\/strong\u003e. Not only a unique color, but Great White Tomatoes also are low acid, have few seeds, and are delicious. It has a sweet, fruity, melon flavor. If you struggle with hot temperatures and drought, Great White Tomatoes are perfect because they are crack resistant. ~6,800 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eSolanum lycoperscium\u003c\/em\u003e (previously \u003cem\u003eLycopersicon esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual: Not intended to overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTomato Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slicing - Larger, round tomatoes, the size of your fist or larger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indeterminate - Indeterminate tomatoes are vine-type plants that sprawl (requiring a cage or trellis to support them) and continue to grow throughout the season. Indeterminate tomato plants will continue to produce tomatoes for the rest of the season, so you can harvest continually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready to harvest 70 to 80 days from transplant. Tricky to get a tomato by the 4th of July with these varieties. They are good mid-summer producers for most USDA Zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.2 to 6.8), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting. Tomatoes like more phosphorus and potassium than other vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-85 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Disorders. Common pests known to harm tomato plants, in general, include the tomato hornworm, cutworm, aphids, flea beetles, tomato fruit worms, and whiteflies. Also, watch for common diseases such as blossom end rot, fusarium wilt, powdery mildew, verticillium wilt, late blight, bacterial canker\/spot, and tobacco mosaic virus. Most of these can be prevented by maintaining a regular watering schedule and avoiding overwatering. Regularly check your plants for pest damage throughout the season. For treating pest and disease problems, we recommend using an organic neem-based product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat White Tomato Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e yellow\/White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat White Tomato Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, fruity, melon-like, and low acid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTomato Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salads, fresh eating, slicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Great White Tomatoes in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo cultivate the unique and flavorful Great White Tomato, follow these planting guidelines. Begin indoors 6-8 weeks before your last expected frost date. Sow the seeds at a depth of 0.25 inch in moist, well-draining soil. Maintain a temperature around 70 F for optimal germination, which typically occurs within 7-10 days. Once your seedlings are 6-8 inches tall, and the threat of frost has passed, transplant them into your garden. Ensure a spacing of 24-36 inches between plants and 4-6 inches between rows. Great White Tomato plants exhibit an indeterminate growth habit, so provide sturdy support as they grow, ensuring the best yield. These tomatoes mature in 80-85 days, producing large, 2 lb fruits with a delightful sweet, melon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a bountiful harvest and healthy Great White Tomato plants, follow these maintenance tips and growing guidelines. Regularly inspect your plants for common pests such as tomato fruitworms, brown stink bugs, and aphids. Employ organic pest control methods to mitigate any infestations, ensuring the overall well-being of your tomato plants. Since Great White Tomato is indeterminate and can grow vigorously, providing adequate support with sturdy cages or stakes is crucial to prevent sprawling and enhance air circulation, reducing the risk of diseases. Companion planting can be beneficial for Great White Tomato. Consider planting basil nearby, as it can help improve the flavor of tomatoes and deter certain pests. Marigolds and nasturtiums are also good companions, acting as natural insect repellents. Additionally, rotating tomato crops annually can help prevent the buildup of soil-borne diseases. Maintain consistent watering practices, aiming for soil that is consistently moist but not waterlogged. Mulching around the base of the plants helps retain soil moisture and suppress weeds. Regularly prune the lower foliage to improve air circulation and reduce the risk of fungal diseases. Lastly, provide a layer of organic compost as a side-dressing during the growing season to nourish the plants and enhance the sweetness of the tomatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Great White Tomatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat White Tomato, an indeterminate variety, takes approximately 80-85 days to mature from transplant. Determining the optimal time for harvest involves closely monitoring the fruits. Harvest when the tomatoes have developed a creamy-white color and the flesh feels firm to soft, indicating ripeness. Gently twist or cut the tomatoes from the vines using clean, sharp pruning shears to avoid damaging the plant. Since indeterminate tomatoes continue producing throughout the season, you can selectively harvest ripe fruits while allowing others to mature. Regular harvesting encourages continuous fruiting and ensures peak flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Great White Tomato Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Great White Tomato is a non-GMO heirloom variety that has been cultivated for its unique characteristics since the 19th century. While the exact origin is unclear, it is cherished for its large, low-acid, and deliciously sweet fruits. The variety has stood the test of time, appreciated by gardeners and culinary enthusiasts alike for its distinctive white color, rich flavor, and adaptability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat White Tomato was not specifically bred for a particular trait but evolved naturally, emphasizing its heirloom status. This variety thrives in warm climates, demonstrating resilience against high temperatures and drought conditions. Its ability to resist cracking makes it suitable for regions with varying weather patterns. While not bred for a specific climate, its versatility allows successful cultivation in diverse growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond its unique color and flavor, Great White Tomato offers additional benefits. The large, meaty tomatoes are not only crack-resistant but also contain high levels of antioxidants, including lycopene. Known for its sweet, melon-like taste, this tomato variety is ideal for fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and sauces. Its adaptability to heat and drought makes it a reliable choice for gardeners facing challenging growing conditions. Enjoy the exceptional taste and visual appeal of Great White Tomatoes in various culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat White Tomato, with its indeterminate growth habit and potential for large fruits, may not be the most suitable choice for container gardens or hanging baskets. These plants typically require strong support structures, such as cages or stakes, to accommodate their sprawling growth. However, if you have ample space and the means to provide adequate support, growing Great White Tomato in containers is still possible, offering a unique and visually appealing addition to your garden. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Enhance the sweetness and melon-like flavor of Great White Tomatoes by incorporating a side-dressing of organic compost around the base of the plants during the growing season. This additional boost of nutrients promotes robust growth and enhances the overall taste of the tomatoes. Remember to maintain consistent watering practices, allowing the plants to absorb these nutrients effectively. The result will be a more vibrant and flavorful harvest of Great White Tomatoes for your culinary delights.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-choose-what-kind-of-tomato-variety-to-plant\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuide to Tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGreat White Tomato Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e250 mg packet - Approximately 60 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e.25 oz - Approximately 1,700 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Great White Tomato seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"250 Mg Packet","offer_id":31982105460851,"sku":"48912","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1\/4 Oz","offer_id":38921717128,"sku":"12011","price":18.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":38921717192,"sku":"12010","price":37.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39371286675571,"sku":"51195","price":107.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":39371287494771,"sku":"51196","price":338.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tomato-great-white-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1757017332"},{"product_id":"lettuce-crisphead-great-lakes-118-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Batavian, Great Lakes 118","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 - 90 days. These non-GMO Great Lakes 118 lettuce seeds grow into large green leaves and a white heart. Great Lakes 118 Lettuce, also known as Head Lettuce, is ready to harvest in 80 to 89 days. The Great Lakes 118 thrives in full sun or partial shade, being heat resistant, and can be grown in zones 3-9. The leaves of the Great Lakes 118 have a mildly sweet flavor. Non-GMO Great Lakes 118 Crisphead Lettuce (Lactuca sativa \"great lakes 118\"), is also known as Great Lakes or Head Lettuce. An easy to grow, heat resistant type of lettuce, perfect for beginners. Annual in zones 3-9. Excellent on sandwiches, and in salads. Approx 16,000 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Great Lakes 118 Lettuce Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e lactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSow Indoors or Outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nutrient rich and loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests\/problems:\u003c\/strong\u003eLettuce that is crowded while growing will have a bitter taste. Susceptible to aphids and slugs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by sowing the non-GMO seeds 1\/4 inch in loose soil rich with nutrients, with eighteen inches between seeds and twelve inches between rows. Make sure to allow enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well watered. Harvest eighty to eighty ninedays after planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical documents show that lettuce was being cultivated in Egypt 6,000 years ago.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31913881206899,"sku":"48602","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921719880,"sku":"32460","price":6.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921720008,"sku":"32459","price":15.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921720200,"sku":"32458","price":44.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921720328,"sku":"19277","price":164.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311666565235,"sku":"42215","price":648.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/lettuce-crisphead-great-lakes-118-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440341"},{"product_id":"lettuce-butterhead-buttercrunch-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Butterhead - Buttercrunch","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-70 days. Buttercrunch Lettuce Seeds. \u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. An award-winning and absolutely hardy cultivar of butter head, Buttercrunch is tender, delicious, and looks as good in the garden as in the salad bowl. First introduced by Cornell University in the 1960s, Buttercrunch debuted as the 1963 All-America Selections vegetable winner for its tolerance to stress, poor soils, and bolting from summer heat. ~25,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nitrogen-rich, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to mildew, rot, and leaf spotting from soils if not properly drained and ventilated. Watch for aphids, whiteflies, and leafminers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth and bright green butterhead-style leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, creamy, and mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch is a cool hardy favorite performing just as vigorously when sown direct as when transplanted. For earliest starts, begin indoors 4-6 weeks before final frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/4\" deep and 2\" apart in Organically rich, well-drained soil in full sun to partial shade. Germinates in 7-10 days, thinning back to 1 plant every 4 in the garden. Harvest large outer leaves while allowing smaller leaves to continue to mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure to allow enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well watered. Harvest between 60 and 70 days after planting, and before flowers appear, to ensure the lettuce doesn't become too mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLettuce is one of the most versatile seeds in the world as it is a choice variety for sprouting, microgreens, hydroponics, aquaponics, and indoor container gardening. Quick to maturity and easy to grow anywhere, countless varieties of lettuce have been specifically cultivated to thrive from cold northern gardens all the way down to the desolate Arizona heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce is an annual, and it grows best in cooler areas. Although it is very hardy, it needs extra shade, or the leaves need to be misted in the hottest climates with the most sun. It warm climates it can be planted in the late summer for spring harvest. This lettuce is great for salad, and the leaves can be picked when small as baby greens or later in the season for larger, firmer leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether romaine, iceberg, butter, or leaf head, lettuce is available in savory redleaf or classic tender greenleaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Buttercrunch Lettuce\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of lettuce can be harvested 45-60 days after sowing or once the younger outer leaves have reached 4-5\" long as a \"cut and come again\" crop. Harvest leaves when young and tender for best flavor since leaves bitter with maturity. Heads may be harvested whole, roots and all, or just be cut at the base while leaving behind an inch to the rooted stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden fresh lettuce stores well cold in a plastic bag for 7-10 days. Do not store near apples or bananas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch was developed by George Raleigh of Cornell University.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch produces a nice head of mild buttery flavored 6-8\" in height, thick, juicy, slightly crumpled dark green leaves and white-yellow heart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery long season. Performs well in spring and fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't forget the heart, which is some folk's favorite! Buttercrunch is slow to bolt and is heat tolerant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce (\u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e), is the most popular variety of butterhead Lettuce. It gets its name from its soft buttery texture. It grows fast, and can be harvested over and over again, when leaves are picked as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese non-GMO Buttercrunch seeds grow into vibrant, green heads of lettuce that are ready to harvest in 60 to 70 days. The Buttercrunch lettuce can be grown in most zones, including colder zones. The leaves of the Buttercrunch have a mildly sweet, buttery flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 g - Packet - Approx 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Buttercrunch Butterhead lettuce seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38921725000,"sku":"18611","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921724744,"sku":"32411","price":6.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921724808,"sku":"32410","price":9.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921724872,"sku":"32408","price":23.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921724936,"sku":"32409","price":73.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39353610305651,"sku":"50962","price":301.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lettuce-Seeds-Butterhead-Buttercrunch-comp.jpg?v=1762440343"},{"product_id":"watermelon-calsweet-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Cal Sweet","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Cal Sweet Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, heat tolerant, seeded, Picnic watermelon. Cal Sweet Watermelon fruits typically weigh 20 to 25 pounds with distinctive light and dark green stripes with bright red flesh. Calsweet has a tough rind and is a good shipping melon if grown with stress. Watermelon prefers full sun and warm to hot temperatures—plant in mid to late spring. Watermelons are also packed with rich antioxidants such as lycopene. Calsweet has demonstrated resistance to fusarium wilt ~675 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seededs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 - 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 120 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCal Sweet Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Green Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Citrullus lanatus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e “Non-GMO Cal Sweet\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine spreading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile and well-drained with soil pH 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm to hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetles, melon aphids and leafminers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich dark-green striped exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh, sweet, and bright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds in pots 4-6 before your region's final frost. Plant non-GMO watermelon seeds 1\" deep in quart containers and in potting soil that is well-drained. Germination will take 3-10 days. Place Cal Sweet seedlings in a sunny location and keep the soil moist. Once the young watermelon sprouts have developed their first set of true leaves, transplant them into their permanent home. Use fertile soil that is well-draining and has a pH of 6.0-7.0. Directly sow seeds once your region has remained warm and at least 70°. Place in a location where the watermelons will receive plenty of heat and plant in raised hills. Sow Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds 1\" deep, 1-2\" apart and with 5-6\" spaced in between hills. Water regularly until you see fruit begin to produce on the vines, then ease up on watering to help the summer conditions ripen your watermelon crop. it's recommended to use row covers to protect the Cal Sweet Watermelon plants outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can harvest your non-GMO Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds around 90 days from the sowing date or once the underside of the fruit has turned a yellow color. Wait for the main vine and coils attached near the stem to dry out. Unlike other melon varieties such as cantaloupe, watermelons won't fall off the primary spreading vine by themselves. Harvest your ripe heirloom watermelon crop with gardening shears by cutting the fruit near the stem. The fresh fruit of watermelon offers a variety of flavors when paired with something savory or mixed in a salad. Some adventurous gardeners even pepper their watermelon with chili powder or salt!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFacts:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Citrullus lanatus Cal Sweet variety is easy to carry as a picnic-sized melon. Watermelons are not only rich in lycopene, they produce high amounts of vitamin C!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCal Sweet Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 670 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 2,680 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 10,720 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 53,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 268,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31982392311923,"sku":"48930","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921725576,"sku":"35032","price":6.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921725640,"sku":"35031","price":10.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921725704,"sku":"35030","price":25.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977504309363,"sku":"49438","price":84.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977504473203,"sku":"49439","price":327.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/watermelon-calsweet-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441129"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-bhut-jolokia-ghost-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Bhut Jolokia Ghost","description":"\u003cp\u003e120-129 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum chinense\u003c\/em\u003e. Bhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, deer resistant, heat tolerant, drought tolerant, hot pepper with extremely hot heat levels. 855,000 to 1,040,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Bhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper seeds are not for the faint of tongue! This pepper is one of the hottest out there, second to the Scorpion Ghost Pepper. ~4,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum chinense\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120-129 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot..\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 855,000 to 1,041,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extremely Hot - Over 300,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Some Habaneros, Ghost, Scorpion Butch T, Carolina Reaper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 91 days or more from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intense spicy, fruity flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sauces, seasonings, and many other dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Bhut Jolokia Ghost Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBhut Jolokia peppers require a paticularly long growing season, making it essential to start seeds indoors 10-12 weeks before the last expected frost date. Begin by filling seed trays or small pots with a high-quality seed starting mix. Sow the seeds at a depth of one-fourth inch, covering them lightly with soil. Water the seeds gently but thoroughly to ensure the soil is evenly moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGhost pepper seeds can be slow to germinate, often taking up to thirty-five days. Maintaining a consistent temperature of eighty to ninety degrees Fahrenheit is crucial for successful germination. Using a heat mat can help achieve the necessary warmth. Once seedlings emerge, provide them with twelve to sixteen hours of light per day using fluorescent or LED grow lights. Keep the soil consistently moist but not waterlogged, and ensure good air circulation to prevent fungal issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore transplanting your seedlings outdoors, they need to be gradually acclimated to outdoor conditions through a process known as hardening off. About two weeks before the last expected frost date, start placing the seedlings outside in a sheltered area for a few hours each day, gradually increasing their exposure to sunlight and outdoor temperatures. This process helps the plants build resilience and reduces transplant shock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the danger of frost has passed, and nighttime temperatures consistently stay above fifty-five degrees Fahrenheit, it's time to transplant the seedlings into the garden. Choose a location that receives full sun, at least six to eight hours per day. The soil should be well-draining, rich in organic matter, and have a pH between six and six point eight. Mix a balanced, slow-release fertilizer into the soil at planting time. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpace the plants about eighteen to twenty-four inches apart, in rows twenty-four to thirty-six inches apart. Dig a hole slightly larger than the root ball of each seedling, place the plant in the hole, and backfill with soil. Water thoroughly after planting to help the plants settle in. Mulching around the plants can help retain soil moisture and suppress weeds. As the plants grow, apply a balanced liquid fertilizer every two to three weeks. Once the plants start setting fruit, switch to a fertilizer with higher potassium content to support fruit development. Be sure to follow the manufacturer's instructions regarding application rates and methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGhost peppers require consistent moisture throughout the growing season. Water deeply and regularly, aiming for about one to two inches of water per week, depending on weather conditions. Be careful not to overwater, as waterlogged soil can lead to root rot. Drip irrigation or soaker hoses can be beneficial for maintaining even moisture levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Bhut Jolokia Ghost Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBhut Jolokia peppers typically take about one hundred to one hundred twenty days from transplanting to reach maturity. The peppers are ready to harvest when they have fully ripened to a bright red color. The skin should be firm, and the fruit should detach easily from the plant with a gentle tug. Harvesting can be done continuously throughout the growing season as the peppers ripen. To harvest, use a sharp pair of scissors or pruning shears to cut the peppers from the plant, leaving a small portion of the stem attached. Always wear gloves when handling ghost peppers, as their intense heat can cause skin irritation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBhut Jolokia, commonly known as Ghost Pepper, is a hot pepper variety that gained worldwide recognition for its intense heat. Native to the Assam region of India, Bhut Jolokia held the title of the world's hottest pepper according to the Guinness World Records in 2007, boasting over one million Scoville Heat Units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGiven their extreme heat, Bhut Jolokia peppers are used sparingly in cooking. One popular use is to make hot sauces, which capture the pepper's unique flavor while diluting its intense heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn India, they were traditionally used to create smoke bombs for crowd control and even incorporated into hand grenades by the Indian military as a non-lethal method of incapacitating targets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBhut Jolokia peppers are well-suited for container gardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"As ghost pepper plants grow, they can become quite tall and may benefit from support to prevent branches from breaking under the weight of the fruit. Use stakes or cages to provide support.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Bhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"45 Mg","offer_id":32142438629491,"sku":"41766","price":4.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"115 Mg","offer_id":38921726344,"sku":"11725","price":12.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"450 Mg","offer_id":38921726408,"sku":"11663","price":34.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-bhut-jolokia-ghost-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440345"},{"product_id":"tomato-yellow-plum-seeds","title":"Tomato Seeds - Salad - Yellow Plum","description":"\u003cp\u003e70 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum\u003c\/em\u003e. Yellow Plum Tomato Seeds. Non-GMO, warm season annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, indeterminate, salad tomato. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Similar to the Yellow Pear Cherry tomatoes but larger! This indeterminate garden tomato bears fruits a little smaller than lemons. ~10,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eSolanum lycoperscium\u003c\/em\u003e (previously \u003cem\u003eLycopersicon esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual: Not intended to overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTomato Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salad - Medium round tomatoes golf ball to tennis ball sized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indeterminate - Indeterminate tomatoes are vine-type plants that sprawl (requiring a cage or trellis to support them) and continue to grow throughout the season. Indeterminate tomato plants will continue to produce tomatoes for the rest of the season, so you can harvest continually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready to harvest 70 to 80 days from transplant. Tricky to get a tomato by the 4th of July with these varieties. They are good mid-summer producers for most USDA Zones. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.2 to 6.8), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting. Tomatoes like more phosphorus and potassium than other vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-85 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common pests known to harm tomato plants, in general, include the tomato hornworm, cutworm, aphids, flea beetles, tomato fruit worms, and whiteflies. Also, watch for common diseases such as blossom end rot, fusarium wilt, powdery mildew, verticillium wilt, late blight, bacterial canker\/spot, and tobacco mosaic virus. Most of these can be prevented by maintaining a regular watering schedule and avoiding overwatering. Regularly check your plants for pest damage throughout the season. For treating pest and disease problems, we recommend using an organic neem-based product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Plum Tomato Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Plum Tomato Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTomato Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salads, fresh eating, small slicing, sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n  \n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Yellow Plum Tomatoes in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart your seeds indoors. The reason for beginning indoors is simple: tomatoes require a warm, controlled environment to germinate and start their growth, something that's not always guaranteed by the unpredictable whims of outdoor weather. Ideally, start your seeds 6-8 weeks before the last expected frost in your area, using small pots filled with a quality seed starting mix. Keep the soil moist but not waterlogged, and provide plenty of light—either from a sunny window or a grow light—to ensure sturdy, healthy seedlings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some regions, starting seeds outdoors might be perfectly acceptable, particularly in areas with mild winters and an early start to warm spring temperatures. However, this is generally recommended only when night temperatures consistently stay above 50 F (10 C), as tomatoes are quite sensitive to cold and can be damaged or stunted by low temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your tomato seedlings grow and the threat of frost passes, the next pivotal step is hardening off. This process gradually acclimates your tender indoor starts to the harsher conditions of the outdoor world. Over a week, they progressively increase their exposure to sunlight and outdoor temperatures by placing them outside in a sheltered spot for a few hours each day, extending the duration gradually. This careful acclimatization prevents shock, which can set back their growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Plum tomatoes, as their name suggests, produce beautiful, plum-shaped, yellow fruits known for their sweet flavor. This variety is indeterminate, meaning the plants will continue to grow and produce fruit throughout the growing season until the first frost. This growth habit has specific implications for how you'll grow and care for them. Indeterminate tomatoes, such as stakes or trellises, require support to manage their sprawling growth. Regular pruning is also recommended to remove suckers, the shoots that grow in the axils between the stems and the leaves, which helps improve air circulation and concentrate the plant's energy into fruit production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Regarding maintenance, Yellow Plum tomatoes, like all tomato varieties, thrive in full sun and require consistent watering, especially as the fruits begin to form and ripen. A steady supply of water helps prevent issues like blossom end rot and cracking. Additionally, a balanced, slow-release fertilizer applied at planting and as needed during the growing season will support their vigorous growth and fruit production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Yellow Plum Tomatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvesting Yellow Plum tomatoes is a joyous culmination of your efforts. These tomatoes will ripen approximately 70 days after transplanting, depending on conditions. You'll know they're ready to pick when the fruits are a vibrant yellow, firm but slightly giving to the touch. Harvesting in the morning when temperatures are cooler can help improve shelf life. Gently twist the fruit off the vine or use a pair of clippers to cut it free to avoid damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Yellow Plum Tomato Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Plum tomatoes are small and bright. They are similar to Yellow Pear Cherry tomatoes but a bit bigger. They typically mature at around the size of a small lemon.  In general, plum tomatoes are often used for making sauces, and the Yellow plum tomato is no different, producing bright sauces with excellent texture and flavor!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginally, tomatoes were domesticated in South America, with their cultivation spreading to Europe and the rest of the world following the Spanish colonization of the Americas. Over time, selective breeding and natural mutations brought about a wide variety of tomatoes, including the Yellow Plum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe taste of Yellow Plum tomatoes is notably sweet and fruity, with a mild acidity that balances the flavor profile, making them a delightful addition to fresh salads, salsas, and as a snack on their own. Their vibrant yellow hue and plum-like shape also make them an eye-catching garnish or a colorful highlight in culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow tomatoes are a good source of vitamins A and C, potassium, and phytonutrients, including beta-carotene, which contributes to their yellow color. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose with limited space might appreciate Yellow Plum tomatoes for their adaptability to container gardening. Although they are an indeterminate variety and will continue to grow and produce fruit throughout the season, the vines have proven to do well under pruning and cultivation that is required for container gardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Yellow Plum tomatoes offer a unique combination of aesthetic appeal, delightful flavor, and nutritional value, making them a coveted variety for gardeners and cooks alike. Whether you're interested in expanding your gardening palette, adding a splash of color to your dishes, or simply exploring the rich diversity of the tomato world, Yellow Plum tomatoes present a charming and tasty option.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-choose-what-kind-of-tomato-variety-to-plant\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuide to Tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eYellow Plum Tomato Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e250 mg packet - Approximately 88 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 10,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 40,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 160,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Yellow Plum Tomato seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"250 Mg Packet","offer_id":31982348730483,"sku":"48924","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":38921729864,"sku":"39961","price":28.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":38921729992,"sku":"39960","price":83.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":39372110626931,"sku":"51239","price":262.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":39372110725235,"sku":"51240","price":1044.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tomato-yellow-plum-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_f22f672e-d5c5-48bb-940f-673851231629.jpg?v=1764633995"},{"product_id":"onion-southport-red-globe-seeds","title":"Onion Seeds - Long - Southport Red Globe","description":"\u003cp\u003e100-120 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e. Southport Red Globe Onion Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, cold tolerant, bulbing, long-day onion. Suitable for growing in greenhouses, garden plots, raised beds, and containers. Southport Red Globe Onion is best known for its storage abilities. This high-yielding red onion produces large and firm bulbs that are great for salads or cooking. The bulbs are glossy purple-red with a flavor that isn't too spicy. Resistant to fusarium. Established in 1873, this red onion is a great choice for northern gardens as it is a long-day type. Approx. 8,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Technically a tender perennial, but almost always grown as an annual, unless specifically grown for seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 8-10 weeks before last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnion Day Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long Day - Long Day Onions need 14 to 15 hours of daylight to form a bulb. If you plan to grow in more Northern US states with hard winters, Long Day Onions are your best choice. Typically planted in spring for mid to late summer harvest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bulbing - Bulbing onions are growing for the bulb or globe they produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 101 days or more from direct sowing to harvesting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile and well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to fusarium. Susceptible to bulb rot, mildew, nematodes, stem and bulb eelworm, thrips, and onion fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSouthport Red Globe Onion Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSouthport Red Globe Onion Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container Growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnion Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooking, canning, pickling, slicing, storage, or fresh use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Southport Red Globe Onion Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nSouthport Red Globe Onions require fertile and well-drained soil. Onions can struggle with rot and mildew, so drainage is key. This onion variety will take 100- 120 days to come to maturity, and produces a bulb with pink-tinged flesh. These large and firm bulbs are long-day variety of onion, and they tend to grow best in northern gardens. \n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Southport Red Globe Onion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nSouthport red globe onions have a sharp flavor and can produce some tears when cut. Red onion varieties provide great taste and flavor to salads. They are also delicious when cooked. Southport Red Globe Onions are perfect thrown on a vegetable skewer on the grill as well. \n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Southport Red Globe Onion Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nNutritionally, red onions have higher levels of flavinoids and fiber than other onion varieties. Can be used as a source of natural red dye. \n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nHeirloom variety that has been around 1873. \n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":31942556876915,"sku":"48783","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921747400,"sku":"11607","price":9.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921747464,"sku":"11608","price":18.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921747528,"sku":"11609","price":49.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":18310943277171,"sku":"11610","price":192.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18310945177715,"sku":"42199","price":765.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/onion-southport-red-globe-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_4f29b5b9-3b5f-4b79-b575-4e32c71cab4c.jpg?v=1764633784"},{"product_id":"melon-honeydew-orange-flesh-seeds","title":"Melon Seeds - Honeydew - Orange Flesh","description":"\u003cp\u003e105 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e. Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon Seeds. A non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, heat-tolerant Honeydew Melon. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Sometimes marketed as 'Honeyloupe,' this variety produces smooth 5 to 6-pound nearly round fruits. The delicious, sweet orange flesh has a small seed cavity. The taste is between honeydew and Crenshaw. It can be shipped at half to full-slip stage. The non-GMO orange flesh honeydew melon seeds produce smooth, cream-colored melons with light orange interiors and a sweet flavor. ~1,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow 1-2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Melons may be started indoors 2-4 weeks before your last spring frost date. Wait to transplant them outdoors until at least 1 week after your last frost date as melons grow best with warm soil. Avoid leaving them in seed starting containers for long as melons are sensitive to transplanting. Harden off to reduce the effects of transplant shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons require insects, such as bees, for successful pollination. As monoecious plants they produce separate male and female flowers on the same plant. This means that not every flower will develop into fruit. We recommend growing an assortment of flowers near or throughout your garden to attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eHoneydew - Honeydew is a melon with a smooth rind and flesh that has a higher water content than a cantaloupe. The sweet flesh is most commonly green but can also be yellow-orange or very pale with a green or yellow tone. Honeydew lacks the musky odor of Cantaloupe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches in row or 2-3 plants per hill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sprawled, Trailing Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100-120 days or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons prefer warm, well-draining but moist, nutrient-rich, loamy to sandy loam soil with a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-90 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-95 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Generally, melons are commonly susceptible to pest damage by aphids, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, cutworms, white flies, and melon worms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Melons are also susceptible to Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew, and Fusarium Wilt, Anthracnose, and Bacterial Wilt. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange Flesh Honeydew Melon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light orange flesh and white skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange Flesh Honeydew Melon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange Flesh Honeydew has a very sweet, rich flavor, combining the juiciness of honeydew with the sweetness and texture of cantaloupe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This melon is often eaten fresh on its own, added to fruit salads, blended into smoothies, or paired with savory dishes like prosciutto or cheese. It’s also popular in desserts or as a refreshing snack in hot weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e You can either directly sow the seeds or transplant seedlings after hardening them off. Begin by selecting a sunny location with well-drained, fertile soil. If direct sowing, plant seeds about 0.5 inches deep in the soil after the danger of frost has passed and the soil temperature is at least 70 F. For transplanting, start seeds indoors about 4 weeks before the last frost. Space the seeds or seedlings within rows 24 inches apart, leaving 4-6 feet between rows to accommodate the vine spread. If growing in containers, choose a pot with at least 15-20 gallons and provide a trellis or support for the vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore transplanting seedlings into the garden, hardening them off is crucial by gradually exposing them to outdoor conditions. Start by placing the seedlings outside in a sheltered location for a few hours each day, increasing the time over a week. You can train the vines onto a trellis or other support structure if space is limited. Pruning excessive vines can help direct energy to fruit production, though it isn’t always necessary. Remove any damaged or dead leaves to improve airflow around the plant and reduce disease risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatering should be consistent, keeping the soil evenly moist but not waterlogged, especially as the fruit develops. Deep watering once a week (or more during hot weather) is ideal, targeting the roots rather than wetting the leaves to prevent diseases. Mulching around the base of the plants is highly recommended to improve water retention and reduce weeds. Use a balanced fertilizer early on, and switch to a high-potassium fertilizer as the fruit begins to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll know they are ready to harvest when the fruit develops a smooth, waxy skin and changes from a light green to a creamy, pale yellow. The melon should feel slightly soft near the blossom end, and the fruit should easily detach from the vine with gentle pressure. To harvest, carefully cut the melon from the vine using a sharp knife or pruning shears, leaving a short piece of stem attached to the fruit. Handle the melons gently to avoid bruising.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The Orange Flesh Honeydew is a hybrid variety that combines the smooth rind and juiciness of honeydew melons with the sweet, flavorful flesh of cantaloupes. It was bred to offer a distinct twist on traditional honeydews, giving them the vibrant orange flesh and sweeter taste often associated with cantaloupes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange Flesh Honeydew Melons are rich in vitamins and nutrients, particularly vitamin C and vitamin A, which support the immune system and promote healthy skin and vision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Imagine you show up to a family picnic this summer with a honeydew-looking melon. But then you cut into it, and everyone gasps! It’s orange! What? Then they are all amazed when you tell them you grew it yourself in your garden and it’s a special variety you can’t get in the stores. Now you’ve earned your whole family’s respect, and it’s the talk of the event for the rest of the day. At least, that’s how it goes in my head…\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOrange Flesh Honeydew Melon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g  Packet - Approximately 106 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Gram Packet","offer_id":31919631204467,"sku":"48631","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921749576,"sku":"32829","price":8.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921749768,"sku":"32828","price":16.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921749960,"sku":"32827","price":43.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977491169395,"sku":"49426","price":158.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977491234931,"sku":"49427","price":624.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/melon-honeydew-orange-flesh-seeds.jpg?v=1762440351"},{"product_id":"carrot-white-seeds","title":"Carrot Seeds - Lunar White","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-80 days. The Lunar White carrot is a unique pale white variety. Each root grows to be up to six inches long, and has a classic tapered end. The roots are very sweet and tender, and an excellent choice for home growers hoping to add something unique to the garden. This variety can be grown in zones three to twelve, and requires full sun. Roots grow long and straight, so they do best in sandy soil free of rocks or obstacles. The Lunar White carrot is ready to harvest in sixty days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Lunar White Carrot Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e daucus carota subsp. Sativus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, well drained, sandy soil, pH of 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to weevils and carrot rust fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite carrots grow in a classic way, requiring a sandy type soil that doesn't have any obstacles in it such as rocks or lumps. This way, the roots can grow directly down with ease, and they won't become crooked. The soil should also have a pH level between six and seven. When sowing the seeds, keep four inches between the plants and nine to sixteen inches between rows. You can sow them all at once, or sow a few rows every couple of weeks for a more continual harvest. After seventy days since sowing, the Lunar White carrots will be full sized and ready to be harvested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese carrots are unique with their glowy white hue, excellent to sell at farmers markets. Read this \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.whfoods.com\/genpage.php?tname=foodspice\u0026amp;dbid=21\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e article\u003c\/a\u003e on the health benefits of Carrots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g Packet - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 288,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,440,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 7,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":31791850487923,"sku":"48473","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":38921758472,"sku":"41371","price":7.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":38921758536,"sku":"41372","price":12.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":38921758600,"sku":"11604","price":32.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":39345222680691,"sku":"50809","price":114.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":39345224843379,"sku":"50810","price":450.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/carrot-white-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441136"},{"product_id":"asparagus-mary-washington","title":"Asparagus Seeds - Mary Washington","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-3 years. Asparagus Gardening Seeds. \u003cem\u003eAsparagus officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e. Perennial. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. Mary Washington Asparagus seeds can be grown into a hardy vegetable and are fairly easy to grow as a garden vegetable in a variety of climates, from zone three all the way up to nine. The Mary Washington Asparagus is the traditional variety which consists of both male and female stalks, and is resistant to rust fungi, which can harm other varieties of Asparagus. Patience is required when growing Asparagus, as they need two to three years before producing quality spears. ~1,200 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Mary Washington Asparagus Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name: \u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eAsparagus officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Qualities: \u003c\/strong\u003eHeirloom, Non-GMO, Open Pollinated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth: \u003c\/strong\u003e ¼- ½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grassy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sandy, light, Organically rich, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-85 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allow soil to dry between waterings, as asparagus is highly susceptible to fungus and mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic asaparagus green with lightly purpled tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Mary Eashington Asparagus from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAsparagus is a long-term perennial vegetable that requires planning, patience, and dedication yet is always worth the wait. Asparagus is notorious for not being ready for harvest until its third year but, once established, will produce seasonal spears for several decades. At any time while growing asparagus, spears can be whitened or \"blanched\" by limiting sun exposure, creating a uniquely flavorful variety devoid of the grassy, earthy chlorophyll notes of a green crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAsparagus is a perennial crop that requires three years before a harvest but, like a fruit tree, will produce for several decades. Seeds are best started indoors 8-10 weeks before the final spring frost. Sow 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep per cell or peat pot into light, loamy, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.5-7.0. Transplant after 10-12 weeks once all danger of frost has passed. In the garden, dig a 6-12\" deep and 18\" wide trench for transplants. Spread a 1\" layer of compost at the bottom of the trench before filling with soil. As mentioned, asparagus requires three years until harvest but will produce for more than twenty years when established.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMary Washington Asparagus in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMary Washington Asparagus is a hardy garden vegetable whose seeds can be initially sown indoors, between mid-February and May. Using a one and a half inch deep pot, sow the Asparagus seeds half an inch deep and two inches apart. After ten to twelve weeks, you can transplant the Asparagus starts outdoors in your vegetable garden, so long as there is no frost. In your garden, dig a six to twelve inch deep, eighteen inch wide trench. Spreading a one inch layer of compost at the bottom of the trench is recommended. Cover the crowns with soil. As the Asparagus crowns grow, keep them covered with soil and give one inch of water a week. Take care not to give too much water, as soil that stays wet can cause the roots to rot and will produce brown, soft spears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDuring the first year, you must exercise patience and resist the temptation to harvest. In the second year, you may harvest the Asparagus spears for two weeks when they are the thickness of a pencil. The following year, increase harvesting to four weeks. After that, you may harvest for eight weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Mary Washinton Asparagus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the third year, harvest young asparagus spears with a sharp knife at the base once they have reached 7-9\" tall and about the thickness of a pencil. Harvest often to encourage further growth. More established plants will have a harvest season of about 8 weeks while younger plants may have a window of 4 weeks. After the harvest, plants will sprout asparagus greens to restore lost energy to the roots. These asparagus greens are widely used by florists as an ornamental filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mary Washington Asparagus Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAsparagus is a member of the lily family and is one of the first vegetables ready to harvest in the spring. It originated near the Mediterranean Sea and was considered a delicacy by the ancient Greeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMary Washington is a very strong growing and productive strain producing long, thick spears in May and June depending on your season. A rust resistant variety. Fresh or suitable for freezing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSow outdoors in mid spring in a rich, loose seed bed. It is recommend that you soak the seeds for 48 hours in warm water before sowing 2in deep, 3in apart in rows 12in apart. Germination is slow so be patient. Seeds can also be started in the greenhouse or kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReally think about where your asparagus will go because most beds can last from 20 to 30 years. For this reason, asparagus should be planted at the side or end of the garden, where it will not be disturbed by normal year to year cultivation. It is also wise to really prepare this bed well because you will want to leave it undisturbed for a few seasons till it establishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1929 Steele Briggs Seed Co. says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"A Rust-resisting Asparagus. Marvelously productive. The most vigorous of all existing kinds. Yields a crop two years ahead of all other varieties; rust-resistant; largest, sweetest, most tender, and succulent shoots. We strongly recommend this variety for planting in the home-garden or on the farm.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAsparagus has been grown in American gardens since the earliest settlements were established. However, it was not until after 1850-1860 that asparagus was planted commercially.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMary Washington Asparagus Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g Packet - Approx 85 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz Wholesale - Approx 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz Wholesale - Approx 4,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb Wholesale - Approx 19,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb Bulk - Approx 96,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb Bulk - Approx 480,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mary Washington asparagus seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38921759752,"sku":"18565","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921759560,"sku":"30413","price":7.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921759624,"sku":"30412","price":14.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921759688,"sku":"30411","price":40.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":44352689288,"sku":"41130","price":147.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/asparagus-mary-washington-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_e55410e8-2664-4298-bf56-4bb1c4a5301d.jpg?v=1764633740"},{"product_id":"bean-edamame-besweet-2001-seed","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - BeSweet Edamame Soybean","description":"\u003cp\u003e75-105 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eGlycine max\u003c\/em\u003e. BeSweet Edamame Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, bush, shell, soybean, high-yielding, Asian bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Edamame, also known as young soybeans, are delicious legumes often consumed in Asian cultures for their sweet taste and high-protein benefits. The plants grow in a tall, bushy manner with many leaves of a dark green color, which can look great as part of your garden. BeSweet Edamame will produce 2-inch pods with 3 beans per pod. ~69 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eGlycine max\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-105\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eShell - Shell beans have a non-edible woody or fibrous husk that contains the edible beans within. For example, edamame has the beans inside, but you wouldn't want to eat the husk. Shell beans are also sometimes referred to as shelling beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soybean - Soybeans (aka soya bean, soybean, soja bean) are shell beans originating in Asia. They are high in protein and are ultra-versatile, used in fermentation, soymilk, tofu, edamame, and countless other culinary uses. Asian - Asian beans encompass a wide spectrum of bean varieties either originating from Asia or being especially popular in Asian cultures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 86 days or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeSweet Edamame Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeSweet Edamame Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003eRich, nutty, and sweet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003eSweet or savory dishes, Japanese cuisine, edamame, tofu, tempeh, soy milk, sprouting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003eN\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing BeSweet Edamame Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo weeks after the season's last frost, sow the seeds one inch deep in a light, well-draining soil of at least sixty degrees. You'll want to give about twelve inches of space between the plants. This plant loves the sun; place it in a sunny location with well-drained soil. If your soil is poor, you can apply a balanced fertilizer (such as a 10-10-10) at the time of planting. Avoid over-fertilizing. Sow seeds every two weeks for consistent harvesting. Keep soil only moist but not soaked during the germination period. After 10 days, the plants should poke through the soil. While growing, the plant should have two and a half inches of water a week. The plants can grow up to three feet tall, so they may benefit from a source of support, such as a pole or trellis. Although edamame beans are practically immune to many small pests, animals such as rabbits and deer like nibbling on them; protect the plants with something like a bird net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeSweet Edamame plants are relatively low-maintenance but benefit from attention throughout the growing season. One of the first things to ensure is that the soil remains consistently moist but not waterlogged. Water deeply once or twice a week, depending on rainfall, ensuring the water reaches the root zone. Mulching around the plants can help retain moisture and suppress weeds, which can compete for nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting BeSweet Edamame Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can pick the pods when they are plump and still green in color; waiting until they turn yellow will give them a flavor similar to lima beans. All pods on the plants are usually harvested at the same time. If you desire to harvest seeds dry, wait about another month; the leaves should be gone. Pull out the entire plant and hang it to dry until the pods fall off when the plant is shaken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you plan to use the soybeans dried, allow the pods to remain on the plant until they turn brown and dry out, usually an additional month after the edamame stage. The beans inside should be firm and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout BeSweet Edamame Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat makes BeSweet Edamame particularly interesting is its combination of flavor and nutrition. It was bred to be sweeter than traditional soybean varieties, which enhances its appeal as a fresh vegetable snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGardeners might choose to grow BeSweet Edamame for its sweet flavor, nutritional benefits, and relatively easy cultivation. Its adaptability to different climates and soil types makes it an excellent choice for various regions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans are typically shelled after cooking and enjoyed on their own or with a sprinkle of salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I almost always have a bag of salted, dry-roasted edamame on hand. It is the perfect salty, crunchy snack with a satisfying amount of protein that actually satiates me.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-row\" id=\"custom-videos\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBeSweet Edamame Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g Pkg - Approximately 48 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 275 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 1,100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 5,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 27,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO BeSweet Edamame Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"20g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":38921762056,"sku":"18874","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921761800,"sku":"36474","price":10.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921761864,"sku":"30515","price":29.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921761928,"sku":"30516","price":111.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38921761992,"sku":"30518","price":544.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Seeds-Edamame-BeSweet-comp.jpg?v=1762440357"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274-treated","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Blue Lake 274 (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Treated Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom snap bush bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Blue Lake 274 is the classic bean that comes to mind when you think of a green bean. It has been known in the canning industry for years because of its reliability, huge yields, disease resistance, and ability to bear all at once, making canning a much easier task. Blue Lake produces plump, tender, dark green pods that are about 5.5 inches long. The bush itself only grows about 16 inches, saving space in your garden but producing big, juicy yields. This is THE green bean for canning or freezing. Bush Blue Lake bean resists BCMV; tolerates NY15. ~87 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender, sweet, and crisp pods with a mild, classic green bean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, canning, freezing, or adding to stir-fries and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect a sunny location with well-drained soil. Direct sowing is preferred, as bush beans don’t transplant well. A balanced fertilizer (5-10-10) can be applied before planting to boost phosphorus and potassium levels, which promote healthy root and pod development. To plant, sow seeds about 1 inch deep in the soil. Space seeds 4-6 inches apart, and keep rows spaced 18-24 inches apart to ensure proper air circulation and room for growth. The soil should be warm—ideally above 65 F—for optimal germination, typically in 7-10 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans require about 1 inch of water per week, either from rainfall or supplemental watering. It’s best to water at the base of the plants to avoid wetting the leaves, which can lead to disease issues like fungal infections. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake 247 is a snap bean variety, meaning the pods are harvested while tender and immature before the seeds fully develop. Typically, the beans are ready to harvest 55-60 days after sowing. The best time to harvest is when the pods are about 6 inches long, firm, and crisp, but before they become fibrous. You can tell they’re ready when they are full-sized but still smooth, without visible bumps from the developing seeds inside. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more beans. The beans tend to mature quickly, especially in warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause of its uniform pod size and consistent tenderness, it became one of the preferred varieties for commercial growers in the mid-20th century, especially for processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Lake bean family originated in the Blue Lake District of California in the early 20th century. Originally developed as a pole bean, the bush variety (Blue Lake 247) was later developed to meet the demand for a bean that didn’t require staking but still had the original's high quality and great taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreated seeds are coated with substances designed to protect the seed from seed rot and fungal diseases. The treatment helps ensure that seeds have a better chance of germination, especially in cool or damp soil conditions where they are more susceptible to rot or disease. This type of seed can be especially advantageous in areas where there’s a history of soil-borne diseases or high moisture that might encourage fungal growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If your bush bean seeds have failed to make it much past the germination or early seedling stage in the past, I encourage you to give treated seeds a try. They are designed specifically to help people like you!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-row\" id=\"custom-videos\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTreated Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 g - Packet- Approximately 55 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet- Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Treated Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921762568,"sku":"30528","price":10.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921762696,"sku":"30529","price":27.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38921762760,"sku":"30531","price":95.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274-treated-comp.jpg?v=1762440357"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Blue Lake 274","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake 247 Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom snap bush bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Blue Lake 274 is the classic bean that comes to mind when you think of a green bean. It has been known in the canning industry for years because of its reliability, huge yields, disease resistance, and ability to bear all at once, making canning a much easier task. Blue Lake produces plump, tender, dark green pods that are about 5.5 inches long. The bush itself only grows about 16 inches, saving space in your garden but producing big, juicy yields. This is THE green bean for canning or freezing. Bush Blue Lake bean resists BCMV; tolerates NY15. ~87 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender, sweet, and crisp pods with a mild, classic green bean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, canning, freezing, or adding to stir-fries and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect a sunny location with well-drained soil. Direct sowing is preferred, as bush beans don’t transplant well. A balanced fertilizer (5-10-10) can be applied before planting to boost phosphorus and potassium levels, which promote healthy root and pod development. To plant, sow seeds about 1 inch deep in the soil. Space seeds 4-6 inches apart, and keep rows spaced 18-24 inches apart to ensure proper air circulation and room for growth. The soil should be warm—ideally above 65 F—for optimal germination, typically in 7-10 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly, aiming to keep the soil evenly moist but not waterlogged. Beans require about 1 inch of water per week, either from rainfall or supplemental watering. It’s best to water at the base of the plants to avoid wetting the leaves, which can lead to disease issues like fungal infections. Throughout the growing process, keep the area around the beans free of weeds, as they can compete for nutrients and water. Mulching around the base of the plants can help suppress weeds and retain soil moisture. Companion plants like carrots, cucumbers, or marigolds can benefit beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake 247 is a snap bean variety, meaning the pods are harvested while tender and immature before the seeds fully develop. Typically, the beans are ready to harvest 55-60 days after sowing. The best time to harvest is when the pods are about 6 inches long, firm, and crisp, but before they become fibrous. You can tell they’re ready when they are full-sized but still smooth, without visible bumps from the developing seeds inside. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more beans. To harvest, grasp the bean pod firmly and gently pull or snip it off the plant to avoid damaging the stem. The beans tend to mature quickly, especially in warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause of its uniform pod size and consistent tenderness, it became one of the preferred varieties for commercial growers in the mid-20th century, especially for processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Lake bean family originated in the Blue Lake District of California in the early 20th century. Originally developed as a pole bean, the bush variety (Blue Lake 247) was later developed to meet the demand for a bean that didn’t require staking but still had the original's high quality and great taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it’s a bush bean, it doesn’t require a trellis or much support, making it great for beginner gardeners or those with limited garden space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"According to Health Line, cooked green beans have more fiber than fresh green beans. I don’t know the science behind it, but I like it.”\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 g - Packet- Approximately 55 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet- Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"18 g Package","offer_id":38922254792,"sku":"18566","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 g","offer_id":38922254920,"sku":"18865","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38922254856,"sku":"18548","price":4.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921764168,"sku":"30532","price":10.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38922254600,"sku":"30533","price":31.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38922254664,"sku":"30535","price":114.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Bush-Blue-Lake-Bush_37e5ae80-ab49-4ef8-a1dc-7d58b7cce33a.jpg?v=1762440359"},{"product_id":"bean-pole-blue-lake-pole-fm1k-treated","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Blue Lake FM1K (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake Pole FM1K treated Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, drought-tolerant, pole, snap string bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15). Blue Lake FM1K is known for its high yield and for producing tender, flavorful green pods that are perfect for fresh eating, canning, or freezing. The oval pods produced are crisp and tender, growing up to 6\" long. ~110 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pole - Pole beans are vining-type plants that put out runners that grow very long or tall. Pole beans are so-called because they require a trellis, support, or wait for it… a pole. Pole beans require more effort than bush beans, but may also be grown in containers with the right support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth and sweet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e fresh, preserving, canning, freezing, casseroles, stir-fries, salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake Pole FM1K Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePole bean can be started indoors but performs best if sown directly after the final spring frost. Pole beans typically do best with germination temperatures around 60 F but these treated seeds can handle slightly cooler and wetter soils. They are perfect for starting the garden a bit earlier in the season than normal! Sow 2-3 seeds one inch deep and 2-3 inches apart in moist, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. Thin out strongest starts to every 4-6 inches in the garden as true leaves establish. Pole beans require immediate trellis support as seedlings will be looking to vine as soon as true leaves emerge. Plants thrive from a top layer of mulch to help cool soil and roots. Avoid nitrogen-rich fertilizers, which will cause excessive vegetative growth with minimal bean pod production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eString pole beans don’t typically require fertilization beyond rich soil. If you have poor soils, use a low-nitrogen blend and apply as directed by the manufacturer’s instructions. Keep the soil evenly moist, especially during flowering and pod development. Blue Lake beans prefer consistent moisture, but overwatering should be avoided to prevent root rot. Regularly inspect the plants for pests and diseases, and maintain proper airflow around the base by keeping weeds at bay. Mulching around the plants can help conserve moisture and prevent weeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake Pole FM1K Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake Pole beans are harvested when the pods are about 6-7 inches long and before the seeds inside have fully developed. These are snap beans, meaning they are eaten whole, not shelled. You can tell they are ready by gently bending the pod; it should snap easily. Harvesting regularly encourages the plant to produce more beans. To harvest, simply grasp the pod and gently pull it from the vine. You can use scissors if needed to avoid damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake Pole beans originated in the U.S. in the early 20th century, specifically bred for the canning industry. The name \"Blue Lake\" comes from the area in Oregon where it was developed. The FM1K variety is a selection that continues to uphold its reputation for consistent, high-quality yields, uniform pods, and excellent flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake beans are world famous for reliability, disease resistance, flavor, and high yields. This is the pole version of the famous bush type that is widely planted for the canning industry. If you like Kentucky Wonder, Blue Lake will blow you away! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreated seeds have a protective coating that helps them resist soil-borne diseases like damping-off, which can rot seedlings before they emerge. This protection is especially helpful in regions with cooler, wetter springs where fungal diseases are more common.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Remember to wear gloves when handling treated seeds. The chemicals they are coated with are incredibly helpful but should be handled with care. If you are an organic gardener, pass on the treated seeds and only use untreated and organic versions!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,712 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 8,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 42,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Blue Lake Pole FM1K Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921770824,"sku":"30538","price":14.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921770888,"sku":"30539","price":42.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38921770952,"sku":"30541","price":158.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-pole-blue-lake-pole-fm1k-treated-Comp.jpg?v=1759441136"}],"url":"https:\/\/store.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/heirloom-vegetable-seeds\/microgreens_difficulty-easy.oembed","provider":"True Leaf Market","version":"1.0","type":"link"}